]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/gcc.git/blame - gcc/target.def
nios2.c (save_reg, [...]): Use plus_constant.
[thirdparty/gcc.git] / gcc / target.def
CommitLineData
38f8b050 1/* Target hook definitions.
5624e564 2 Copyright (C) 2001-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
38f8b050
JR
3
4 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
5 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
6 Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
7 later version.
8
9 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 GNU General Public License for more details.
13
14 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see
16 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17
18 In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
19 You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
20 what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! */
21
acce4e77
JM
22/* See target-hooks-macros.h for details of macros that should be
23 provided by the including file, and how to use them here. */
24#include "target-hooks-macros.h"
38f8b050 25
acce4e77
JM
26#undef HOOK_TYPE
27#define HOOK_TYPE "Target Hook"
38f8b050 28
acce4e77 29HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER, gcc_target)
38f8b050
JR
30
31/* Functions that output assembler for the target. */
32#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ASM_"
33HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT, asm_out)
34
35/* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping. */
36DEFHOOKPOD
37(open_paren,
673c2f63
JM
38 "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\
39assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. If not overridden, they\n\
40default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.",
38f8b050
JR
41 const char *, "(")
42DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren, const char *, ")")
43
44/* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object. */
45DEFHOOKPOD
46(byte_op,
673c2f63
JM
47 "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
48@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
49@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
50@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
51@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
52@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
53@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
54@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
55These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\
56of integer object. The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\
57byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\
58aligned two-byte object, and so on. Any of the hooks may be\n\
59@code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\
60\n\
61The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\
62followed immediately by the object's initial value. In most cases,\n\
63the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.",
38f8b050
JR
64 const char *, "\t.byte\t")
65DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP)
66DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP)
67
ad0c4c36
DD
68/* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
69 LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER. */
70DEFHOOK
71(label_align_after_barrier_max_skip,
673c2f63
JM
72 "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\
73@code{LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER}. This works only if\n\
74@code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.",
9158a0d8 75 int, (rtx_insn *label),
ad0c4c36
DD
76 default_label_align_after_barrier_max_skip)
77
78/* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
79 LOOP_ALIGN. */
80DEFHOOK
81(loop_align_max_skip,
673c2f63
JM
82 "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LOOP_ALIGN} to\n\
83@var{label}. This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is\n\
84defined.",
9158a0d8 85 int, (rtx_insn *label),
ad0c4c36
DD
86 default_loop_align_max_skip)
87
88/* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
89 LABEL_ALIGN. */
90DEFHOOK
91(label_align_max_skip,
673c2f63
JM
92 "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LABEL_ALIGN}\n\
93to @var{label}. This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN}\n\
94is defined.",
9158a0d8 95 int, (rtx_insn *label),
ad0c4c36
DD
96 default_label_align_max_skip)
97
98/* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
99 JUMP_ALIGN. */
100DEFHOOK
101(jump_align_max_skip,
673c2f63
JM
102 "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\
103@code{JUMP_ALIGN}. This works only if\n\
104@code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.",
9158a0d8 105 int, (rtx_insn *label),
ad0c4c36
DD
106 default_jump_align_max_skip)
107
38f8b050
JR
108/* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose
109 value is given by X. SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and
110 ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned. Return true if
111 successful. Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP
112 and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL. */
113DEFHOOK
114(integer,
673c2f63
JM
115 "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\
116integer object. @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\
117in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned. The\n\
118function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\
119object. If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\
120split the object into smaller parts.\n\
121\n\
122The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\
123@code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\
124when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.",
38f8b050
JR
125 /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are
126 NULL. */
127 bool, (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p),
128 default_assemble_integer)
129
dc2af904
BS
130/* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a
131 decl. */
132DEFHOOK
133(decl_end,
134 "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\
135terminate an initialized variable declaration.",
136 void, (void),
137 hook_void_void)
138
38f8b050
JR
139/* Output code that will globalize a label. */
140DEFHOOK
141(globalize_label,
673c2f63
JM
142 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
143@var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\
144that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
145\n\
146The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\
147@code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.",
38f8b050
JR
148 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name),
149 default_globalize_label)
150
151/* Output code that will globalize a declaration. */
152DEFHOOK
153(globalize_decl_name,
673c2f63
JM
154 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
155@var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\
156global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
157\n\
158The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.",
38f8b050
JR
159 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl), default_globalize_decl_name)
160
0d4b5b86
BS
161/* Output code that will declare an external variable. */
162DEFHOOK
163(assemble_undefined_decl,
164 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
165@var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\
166@var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit. Most\n\
167assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.",
168 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name, const_tree decl),
169 hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree)
170
38f8b050
JR
171/* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info, if this
172 target requires such labels. Second argument is the decl the
173 unwind info is associated with, third is a boolean: true if
174 this is for exception handling, fourth is a boolean: true if
175 this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE. */
176DEFHOOK
177(emit_unwind_label,
673c2f63
JM
178 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@. It\n\
179should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\
180should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\
181function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\
182The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\
183exception table. The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\
184true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\
185\n\
186The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.",
38f8b050
JR
187 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl, int for_eh, int empty),
188 default_emit_unwind_label)
189
190/* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table. */
191DEFHOOK
192(emit_except_table_label,
673c2f63
JM
193 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\
194It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\
195to be broken up according to function.\n\
196\n\
197The default is that no label is emitted.",
38f8b050
JR
198 void, (FILE *stream),
199 default_emit_except_table_label)
200
a68b5e52
RH
201/* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function. */
202DEFHOOK
203(emit_except_personality,
204 "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\
205 used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\
206 info. This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.",
207 void, (rtx personality),
208 NULL)
209
38f8b050
JR
210/* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction. */
211DEFHOOK
212(unwind_emit,
673c2f63
JM
213 "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\
214given instruction. This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\
215returns @code{UI_TARGET}.",
ac44248e 216 void, (FILE *stream, rtx_insn *insn),
2784ed9c 217 NULL)
38f8b050 218
3bc6b3e6
RH
219DEFHOOKPOD
220(unwind_emit_before_insn,
221 "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\
222 the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\
223 be called afterward.",
224 bool, true)
225
4ee3b013
JR
226/* Generate an internal label.
227 For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL. */
228DEFHOOK_UNDOC
229(generate_internal_label,
230 "",
231 void, (char *buf, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
232 default_generate_internal_label)
233
38f8b050
JR
234/* Output an internal label. */
235DEFHOOK
236(internal_label,
673c2f63
JM
237 "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\
238name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\
239\n\
240It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\
241used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs\n\
242will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\
243\n\
244It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\
245object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\
246should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\
247beginning of a label has this effect. You should find out what\n\
248convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\
249\n\
250The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.",
38f8b050
JR
251 void, (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
252 default_internal_label)
253
254/* Output label for the constant. */
ad78130c 255DEFHOOK
38f8b050 256(declare_constant_name,
673c2f63
JM
257 "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\
258for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined. This\n\
259target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\
260@code{assemble_label}). The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\
261and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes. The @var{name}\n\
262will be an internal label.\n\
263\n\
264The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\
265usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\
266\n\
267You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.",
ad78130c 268 void, (FILE *file, const char *name, const_tree expr, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
38f8b050
JR
269 default_asm_declare_constant_name)
270
271/* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object. */
272DEFHOOK
273(ttype,
673c2f63
JM
274 "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\
275the type_info object identified by @var{sym}. It should return @code{true}\n\
276if the reference was output. Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\
277reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.",
38f8b050
JR
278 bool, (rtx sym),
279 hook_bool_rtx_false)
280
281/* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol
282 associated with the tree decl. */
283DEFHOOK
284(assemble_visibility,
673c2f63
JM
285 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\
286commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\
287hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.",
38f8b050
JR
288 void, (tree decl, int visibility),
289 default_assemble_visibility)
290
291/* Output the assembler code for entry to a function. */
292DEFHOOK
293(function_prologue,
673c2f63
JM
294 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\
295function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\
296initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\
297saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\
298local variables. @var{size} is an integer. @var{file} is a stdio\n\
299stream to which the assembler code should be output.\n\
300\n\
301The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\
302macro. That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\
303\n\
304@findex regs_ever_live\n\
305To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\
306@code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\
307@var{r} is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function\n\
308prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\
309call-used registers. (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\
310@code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\
311\n\
312On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\
313not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\
314they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\
315appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\
316registers are used in the function.\n\
317\n\
318@findex frame_pointer_needed\n\
319On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
320function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\
321pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a\n\
322frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
323@code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\
324time in a function that needs a frame pointer. @xref{Elimination}.\n\
325\n\
326The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\
327required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions\n\
328listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\
329order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\
330stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\
331the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order\n\
332for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\
333compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard\n\
334or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\
335need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.",
38f8b050
JR
336 void, (FILE *file, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
337 default_function_pro_epilogue)
338
339/* Output the assembler code for end of prologue. */
340DEFHOOK
341(function_end_prologue,
673c2f63
JM
342 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\
343prologue. This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\
344emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
345emitted. @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.",
38f8b050
JR
346 void, (FILE *file),
347 no_asm_to_stream)
348
349/* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue. */
350DEFHOOK
351(function_begin_epilogue,
673c2f63
JM
352 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\
353epilogue. This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\
354emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
355emitted. @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.",
38f8b050
JR
356 void, (FILE *file),
357 no_asm_to_stream)
358
359/* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
360DEFHOOK
361(function_epilogue,
673c2f63
JM
362 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\
363function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\
364registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\
365called, and returning control to the caller. This macro takes the\n\
366same arguments as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\
367registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\
368@code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\
369\n\
370On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\
371of returning from the function. On these machines, give that\n\
372instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\
373@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\
374\n\
375Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\
376@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used. If you want the target\n\
377switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\
378define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\
379target switches appropriately. If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\
380condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\
381\n\
382On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
383function exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these\n\
384two cases is completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer\n\
385is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
386@code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\
387a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\
388\n\
389Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\
390@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\
391The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\
392function. @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\
393\n\
394On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\
395others leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when\n\
396given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\
397number of arguments.\n\
398\n\
399@findex pops_args\n\
400@findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\
401Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\
402functions pop their own arguments. @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\
403needs to know what was decided. The number of bytes of the current\n\
404function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\
405@code{crtl->args.pops_args}. @xref{Scalar Return}.",
38f8b050
JR
406 void, (FILE *file, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
407 default_function_pro_epilogue)
408
409/* Initialize target-specific sections. */
410DEFHOOK
411(init_sections,
673c2f63
JM
412 "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\
413@file{varasm.c} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\
414of its own that you need to create.\n\
415\n\
416GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\
417any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\
418described below.",
38f8b050
JR
419 void, (void),
420 hook_void_void)
421
422/* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS.
423 If DECL is non-NULL, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with
424 which this section is associated. */
425DEFHOOK
426(named_section,
673c2f63
JM
427 "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}. The section\n\
428should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\
429of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}. If @var{decl}\n\
430is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\
431this section is associated.",
38f8b050
JR
432 void, (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl),
433 default_no_named_section)
434
f16d3f39
JH
435/* Return preferred text (sub)section for function DECL.
436 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot
437 functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only
438 at startup (from static constructors or it is main()).
439 EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit
440 (from static destructors).
441 Return NULL if function should go to default text section. */
442DEFHOOK
443(function_section,
673c2f63
JM
444 "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\
445Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\
446functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\
447at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\
448@var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\
449(from static destructors).\n\
450Return NULL if function should go to default text section.",
f16d3f39
JH
451 section *, (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq, bool startup, bool exit),
452 default_function_section)
453
14d11d40
IS
454/* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
455DEFHOOK
456(function_switched_text_sections,
457 "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\
458 labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\
459 sections. Output should be written to @var{file}. The function\
460 decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\
461 @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.",
462 void, (FILE *file, tree decl, bool new_is_cold),
463 default_function_switched_text_sections)
464
38f8b050
JR
465/* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when
466 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations
467 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if
468 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section. */
469DEFHOOK
470(reloc_rw_mask,
673c2f63
JM
471 "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\
472selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\
473should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\
474local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\
475\n\
476The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\
477is in effect, and 0 otherwise. The hook is typically redefined\n\
478when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\
479in read-only sections even in executables.",
38f8b050
JR
480 int, (void),
481 default_reloc_rw_mask)
482
483 /* Return a section for EXP. It may be a DECL or a constant. RELOC
484 is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied; bit 1 will be
485 set if the runtime relocations require non-local name resolution.
486 ALIGN is the required alignment of the data. */
487DEFHOOK
488(select_section,
673c2f63
JM
489 "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed. You can\n\
490assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\
491some sort. @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\
492requires link-time relocations. Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\
493local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\
494@var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\
495\n\
496The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\
497variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\
498\n\
499See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.",
38f8b050
JR
500 section *, (tree exp, int reloc, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
501 default_select_section)
502
503/* Return a section for X. MODE is X's mode and ALIGN is its
504 alignment in bits. */
505DEFHOOK
506(select_rtx_section,
673c2f63
JM
507 "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\
508should be placed. You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\
509constant in RTL@. The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\
510case of a @code{const_int} rtx. @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\
511in bits.\n\
512\n\
513The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\
514constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\
515else in @code{readonly_data_section}.",
ef4bddc2 516 section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
38f8b050
JR
517 default_select_rtx_section)
518
519/* Select a unique section name for DECL. RELOC is the same as
520 for SELECT_SECTION. */
521DEFHOOK
522(unique_section,
673c2f63
JM
523 "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\
524and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
525As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\
526the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\
527\n\
528The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\
529ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol. For\n\
530example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\
531Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.",
38f8b050
JR
532 void, (tree decl, int reloc),
533 default_unique_section)
534
535/* Return the readonly data section associated with function DECL. */
536DEFHOOK
537(function_rodata_section,
673c2f63
JM
538 "Return the readonly data section associated with\n\
539@samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
540The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\
541the function's section is @code{.gnu.linkonce.t.name}, @code{.rodata.name}\n\
542if function is in @code{.text.name}, and the normal readonly-data section\n\
543otherwise.",
38f8b050
JR
544 section *, (tree decl),
545 default_function_rodata_section)
546
727a65e6
BS
547/* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata" prefix
548 for mergeable data sections. */
549DEFHOOKPOD
550(mergeable_rodata_prefix,
551 "Usually, the compiler uses the prefix @code{\".rodata\"} to construct\n\
552section names for mergeable constant data. Define this macro to override\n\
553the string if a different section name should be used.",
554 const char *, ".rodata")
555
50b0b78a
IS
556/* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables. */
557DEFHOOK
558(tm_clone_table_section,
559 "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\
560 tables.",
561 section *, (void), default_clone_table_section)
562
38f8b050
JR
563/* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
564DEFHOOK
565(constructor,
673c2f63
JM
566 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call\n\
567the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time.\n\
568\n\
569Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking\n\
570no arguments and with no return value. If the target supports initialization\n\
571priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY};\n\
572otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}.\n\
573\n\
574If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will\n\
575be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the\n\
576target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2}\n\
577is not defined.",
38f8b050
JR
578 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
579
580/* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
581DEFHOOK
582(destructor,
673c2f63
JM
583 "This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination\n\
584functions rather than initialization functions.",
38f8b050
JR
585 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
586
587/* Output the assembler code for a thunk function. THUNK_DECL is the
588 declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
589 the target function. DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
590 added to THIS. If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at
591 *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS. */
592DEFHOOK
593(output_mi_thunk,
673c2f63
JM
594 "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk\n\
595function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple\n\
596inheritance. The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function,\n\
597adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to\n\
598the real function.\n\
599\n\
600First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that\n\
601contains the incoming first argument. Assume that this argument\n\
602contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer\n\
603in C++. This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue,\n\
604e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc. The addition must preserve the values of\n\
605all other incoming arguments.\n\
606\n\
607Then, if @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be\n\
608made after adding @code{delta}. In particular, if @var{p} is the\n\
609adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made:\n\
610\n\
611@smallexample\n\
612p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)]\n\
613@end smallexample\n\
614\n\
615After the additions, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a\n\
616@code{FUNCTION_DECL}. This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does\n\
617not touch the return address. Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will\n\
618return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}.\n\
619\n\
620The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with\n\
621the adjusted first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all\n\
622of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}\n\
623and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked.\n\
624\n\
625The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant. (@var{delta} and @var{function}\n\
626have already been extracted from it.) It might possibly be useful on\n\
627some targets, but probably not.\n\
628\n\
629If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++\n\
630front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls\n\
631@var{function} instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does\n\
632not support varargs.",
38f8b050
JR
633 void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
634 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function),
635 NULL)
636
637/* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed. */
638/* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure
639 would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly. But there's
640 too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk.
641 Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of
642 text to the output file. */
643DEFHOOK
644(can_output_mi_thunk,
673c2f63
JM
645 "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able\n\
646to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the\n\
647arguments it is passed, and false otherwise. In the latter case, the\n\
648generic approach will be used by the C++ front end, with the limitations\n\
649previously exposed.",
38f8b050
JR
650 bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
651 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function),
652 hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false)
653
654/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a
655 translation unit. */
656DEFHOOK
657(file_start,
673c2f63
JM
658 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to\n\
659find at the beginning of a file. The default behavior is controlled\n\
660by two flags, documented below. Unless your target's assembler is\n\
661quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\
662@code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook. This\n\
663lets other target files rely on these variables.",
38f8b050
JR
664 void, (void),
665 default_file_start)
666
667/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit. */
668DEFHOOK
669(file_end,
673c2f63
JM
670 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
671to find at the end of a file. The default is to output nothing.",
38f8b050
JR
672 void, (void),
673 hook_void_void)
674
675/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an
676 LTO output stream. */
677DEFHOOK
678(lto_start,
673c2f63
JM
679 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
680to find at the start of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
681nothing.",
38f8b050
JR
682 void, (void),
683 hook_void_void)
684
685/* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an
686 LTO output stream. */
687DEFHOOK
688(lto_end,
673c2f63
JM
689 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
690to find at the end of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
691nothing.",
38f8b050
JR
692 void, (void),
693 hook_void_void)
694
695/* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a
696 translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted. */
697DEFHOOK
698(code_end,
673c2f63
JM
699 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\
700unwind info and debug info at the end of a file. Some targets emit\n\
701here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\
702because they couldn't have unwind info then. The default is to output\n\
703nothing.",
38f8b050
JR
704 void, (void),
705 hook_void_void)
706
707/* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name
708 external. */
709DEFHOOK
710(external_libcall,
673c2f63
JM
711 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
712pseudo-op to declare a library function name external. The name of the\n\
713library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}.",
38f8b050
JR
714 void, (rtx symref),
715 default_external_libcall)
716
717/* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs
718 linker to not dead code strip this symbol. */
719DEFHOOK
720(mark_decl_preserved,
673c2f63
JM
721 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
722directive to annotate @var{symbol} as used. The Darwin target uses the\n\
723.no_dead_code_strip directive.",
38f8b050
JR
724 void, (const char *symbol),
725 hook_void_constcharptr)
726
727/* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed. */
728DEFHOOK
729(record_gcc_switches,
673c2f63
JM
730 "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line\n\
731switches that have been passed to the compiler, and options that are\n\
732enabled. The @var{type} argument specifies what is being recorded.\n\
733It can take the following values:\n\
734\n\
735@table @gcctabopt\n\
736@item SWITCH_TYPE_PASSED\n\
737@var{text} is a command line switch that has been set by the user.\n\
738\n\
739@item SWITCH_TYPE_ENABLED\n\
740@var{text} is an option which has been enabled. This might be as a\n\
741direct result of a command line switch, or because it is enabled by\n\
742default or because it has been enabled as a side effect of a different\n\
743command line switch. For example, the @option{-O2} switch enables\n\
744various different individual optimization passes.\n\
745\n\
746@item SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE\n\
747@var{text} is either NULL or some descriptive text which should be\n\
748ignored. If @var{text} is NULL then it is being used to warn the\n\
749target hook that either recording is starting or ending. The first\n\
750time @var{type} is SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE and @var{text} is NULL, the\n\
751warning is for start up and the second time the warning is for\n\
752wind down. This feature is to allow the target hook to make any\n\
753necessary preparations before it starts to record switches and to\n\
754perform any necessary tidying up after it has finished recording\n\
755switches.\n\
756\n\
757@item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_START\n\
758This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
759\n\
760@item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_END\n\
761This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
762@end table\n\
763\n\
764The hook's return value must be zero. Other return values may be\n\
765supported in the future.\n\
766\n\
767By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\
768provided for ELF based targets. Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\
769it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\
770section in the assembler output file. The name of the new section is\n\
771provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\
772hook.",
38f8b050
JR
773 int, (print_switch_type type, const char *text),
774 NULL)
775
776/* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of
777 record_gcc_switches will use to store the information. Target
778 specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use
779 this information. */
780DEFHOOKPOD
781(record_gcc_switches_section,
673c2f63
JM
782 "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\
783ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\
784hook.",
38f8b050
JR
785 const char *, ".GCC.command.line")
786
787/* Output the definition of a section anchor. */
788DEFHOOK
789(output_anchor,
673c2f63
JM
790 "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\
791@code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\
792The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\
793of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\
794\n\
795If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses\n\
796it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\
797If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition\n\
798is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.",
38f8b050
JR
799 void, (rtx x),
800 default_asm_output_anchor)
801
a8781821
SB
802DEFHOOK
803(output_ident,
804 "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident} \
805 directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages. \
806 If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident} \
807 directive.",
808 void, (const char *name),
809 hook_void_constcharptr)
810
38f8b050
JR
811/* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol. */
812DEFHOOK
813(output_dwarf_dtprel,
673c2f63
JM
814 "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\
815reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.",
38f8b050
JR
816 void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x),
817 NULL)
818
819/* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output. */
820DEFHOOK
821(final_postscan_insn,
673c2f63
JM
822 "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\
823output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\
824if necessary.\n\
825\n\
826Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\
827extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\
828elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\
829The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\
830template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\
831by checking the contents of the vector.",
ac44248e 832 void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands),
38f8b050
JR
833 NULL)
834
835/* Emit the trampoline template. This hook may be NULL. */
836DEFHOOK
837(trampoline_template,
673c2f63
JM
838 "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\
839on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\
840the constant parts of a trampoline. This code should not include a\n\
841label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\
842\n\
843If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\
844for the target. Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\
845code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\
846to generate it on the spot.",
38f8b050
JR
847 void, (FILE *f),
848 NULL)
849
b5f5d41d
AS
850DEFHOOK
851(output_source_filename,
852 "Output COFF information or DWARF debugging information which indicates\
853 that filename @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio\
854 stream @var{file}.\n\
855 \n\
856 This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\
857 for the file format in use is appropriate.",
858 void ,(FILE *file, const char *name),
859 default_asm_output_source_filename)
860
6cbd8875
AS
861DEFHOOK
862(output_addr_const_extra,
673c2f63
JM
863 "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\
864can't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\
865the pattern @var{x}. This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\
866@code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\
867\n\
868If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\
869so that a standard error message is printed. If it prints an error message\n\
870itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\
871return @code{true}.",
6cbd8875 872 bool, (FILE *file, rtx x),
e1267133 873 hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false)
6cbd8875 874
38f8b050
JR
875/* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct,
876 even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their
877 initializers. */
878#undef HOOK_PREFIX
879#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
880
881/* Emit a machine-specific insn operand. */
4d00d5dd
JR
882/* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND,
883 not this hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE. */
38f8b050
JR
884DEFHOOK_UNDOC
885(print_operand,
886 "",
887 void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code),
888 default_print_operand)
889
890/* Emit a machine-specific memory address. */
4d00d5dd
JR
891/* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS,
892 not this hook, and uses different argument names. */
38f8b050
JR
893DEFHOOK_UNDOC
894(print_operand_address,
895 "",
896 void, (FILE *file, rtx addr),
897 default_print_operand_address)
898
899/* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the
900 `print_operand' hook. */
4d00d5dd
JR
901/* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P,
902 not this hook. */
38f8b050
JR
903DEFHOOK_UNDOC
904(print_operand_punct_valid_p,
905 "",
906 bool ,(unsigned char code),
907 default_print_operand_punct_valid_p)
908
77754180
DK
909/* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and
910 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE. */
911DEFHOOK
912(mangle_assembler_name,
913 "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.c}'s\
914 @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\
915 result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}. Required for correct LTO symtabs. The\
916 default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\
917 then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.",
918 tree, (const char *name),
919 default_mangle_assembler_name)
920
38f8b050
JR
921HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out)
922
923/* Functions relating to instruction scheduling. All of these
924 default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.c looks for and handles. */
925#undef HOOK_PREFIX
926#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_"
927HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched)
928
929/* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and
930 return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through
931 the dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment. */
932DEFHOOK
933(adjust_cost,
673c2f63
JM
934 "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\
935relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through the\n\
936dependence @var{link}. It should return the new value. The default\n\
937is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}. This can be used for example\n\
938to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline description\n\
939that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost as a\n\
940data-dependence. If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\
941description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\
942output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\
943times of the first and the second insns. If these values are not\n\
944acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too. See also\n\
945@pxref{Processor pipeline description}.",
ac44248e 946 int, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx link, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
947
948/* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit. Returns the new priority. */
949DEFHOOK
950(adjust_priority,
673c2f63
JM
951 "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\
952@var{insn}. It should return the new priority. Increase the priority to\n\
953execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\
954later. Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\
955scheduling priorities of insns.",
ac44248e 956 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int priority), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
957
958/* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be
959 scheduled in the same machine cycle. This must be constant
960 over an entire compilation. The default is 1. */
961DEFHOOK
962(issue_rate,
673c2f63
JM
963 "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\
964issue at the same time on the target machine. The default is one.\n\
965Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\
966an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\
967constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\
968hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\
969This value must be constant over the entire compilation. If you need\n\
970it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\
971@samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.",
38f8b050
JR
972 int, (void), NULL)
973
974/* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we
975 can emit this cycle. Default is they all cost the same. */
976DEFHOOK
977(variable_issue,
673c2f63
JM
978 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\
979from the ready list. It should return the number of insns which can\n\
980still be issued in the current cycle. The default is\n\
981@samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\
982@code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\
983You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\
984than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\
985@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
986debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
987@option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\
988was scheduled.",
ac44248e 989 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int more), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
990
991/* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
992DEFHOOK
993(init,
673c2f63
JM
994 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\
995instructions that are to be scheduled. @var{file} is either a null\n\
996pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. @var{verbose}\n\
997is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
998@var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\
999region that can be live at the same time. This can be used to allocate\n\
1000scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.",
38f8b050
JR
1001 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL)
1002
1003/* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1004DEFHOOK
1005(finish,
673c2f63
JM
1006 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\
1007instructions that are to be scheduled. It can be used to perform\n\
1008cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks. @var{file}\n\
1009is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\
1010to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1011@option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
38f8b050
JR
1012 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1013
1014 /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1015DEFHOOK
1016(init_global,
673c2f63
JM
1017 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\
1018@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1019@var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1020@var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.",
38f8b050
JR
1021 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL)
1022
1023/* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1024DEFHOOK
1025(finish_global,
673c2f63
JM
1026 "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\
1027@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1028@var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
38f8b050
JR
1029 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1030
1031/* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different
1032 places. Default does nothing. */
1033DEFHOOK
1034(reorder,
673c2f63
JM
1035 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\
1036list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\
1037combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\
1038@var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1039debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1040@option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\
1041list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled. @var{n_readyp} is\n\
1042a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list. The scheduler\n\
1043reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\
1044@var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0]. @var{clock}\n\
1045is the timer tick of the scheduler. You may modify the ready list and\n\
1046the number of ready insns. The return value is the number of insns that\n\
1047can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}. See also\n\
1048@samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.",
ce1ce33a 1049 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1050
1051DEFHOOK
1052(reorder2,
673c2f63
JM
1053 "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time. That\n\
1054function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle. This one\n\
1055is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\
1056@samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\
1057return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle. Defining\n\
1058this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\
1059scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\
1060cycle. These other insns can then be taken into account properly.",
ce1ce33a 1061 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
38f8b050 1062
0dc41f28
WM
1063DEFHOOK
1064(macro_fusion_p,
1065 "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.",
1066 bool, (void), NULL)
1067
1068DEFHOOK
1069(macro_fusion_pair_p,
892d9879
KT
1070 "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\
1071a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\
1072(@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\
1073group, and they will not be scheduled apart. The two insns will be either\n\
1074two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\
1075validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.",
1076 bool, (rtx_insn *prev, rtx_insn *curr), NULL)
0dc41f28 1077
38f8b050
JR
1078/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1079 after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given
1080 by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly). */
1081DEFHOOK
1082(dependencies_evaluation_hook,
673c2f63
JM
1083 "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\
1084chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\
1085correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain. For\n\
1086example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\
1087analysis of dependencies. This hook can use backward and forward\n\
1088dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\
1089calculated.",
ce1ce33a 1090 void, (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1091
1092/* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions
1093 used to simplify the automaton descriptions. dfa_pre_cycle_insn and
1094 dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to
1095 change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated
1096 processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. The function
1097 defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are
1098 used to initialize the corresponding insns. The default values of
1099 the members result in not changing the automaton state when the
1100 new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. */
1101
1102DEFHOOK
1103(init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
673c2f63 1104 "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
38f8b050
JR
1105 void, (void), NULL)
1106
1107DEFHOOK
1108(dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
673c2f63
JM
1109 "The hook returns an RTL insn. The automaton state used in the\n\
1110pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\
1111when the new simulated processor cycle starts. Usage of the hook may\n\
1112simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\
1113processors. If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\
1114based pipeline description. The default is not to change the state\n\
1115when the new simulated processor cycle starts.",
38f8b050
JR
1116 rtx, (void), NULL)
1117
1118DEFHOOK
1119(init_dfa_post_cycle_insn,
673c2f63
JM
1120 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\
1121used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
38f8b050
JR
1122 void, (void), NULL)
1123
1124DEFHOOK
1125(dfa_post_cycle_insn,
673c2f63
JM
1126 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1127to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\
1128simulated processor cycle finishes.",
ac44248e 1129 rtx_insn *, (void), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1130
1131/* The values of the following two members are pointers to
1132 functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions.
1133 dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called
1134 immediately before and after cycle is advanced. */
1135
1136DEFHOOK
1137(dfa_pre_advance_cycle,
673c2f63
JM
1138 "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\
1139The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1140to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1141state on a single insn is not enough.",
38f8b050
JR
1142 void, (void), NULL)
1143
1144DEFHOOK
1145(dfa_post_advance_cycle,
673c2f63
JM
1146 "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\
1147The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1148to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1149state on a single insn is not enough.",
38f8b050
JR
1150 void, (void), NULL)
1151
1152/* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value
1153 which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for
1154 multi-pass scheduling. If the member value is nonzero and the
1155 function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make
1156 multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle. In other words, we will
1157 try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of
1158 insns on the same cycle. */
1159DEFHOOK
1160(first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead,
673c2f63
JM
1161 "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\
1162for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler. Usually the scheduler\n\
1163chooses the first insn from the queue. If the hook returns a positive\n\
1164value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\
1165@samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\
1166subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\
1167maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle. For the\n\
1168@acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\
1169packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn. Of course, if the\n\
1170rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\
1171\n\
1172This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\
1173processors. Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\
1174with 3 pipelines. Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\
1175@var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\
1176@var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}. The\n\
1177processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\
1178@var{B}. In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\
1179until the next cycle. If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\
1180the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\
1181\n\
1182Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\
1183pipeline hazard recognizer. We try quickly and easy many insn\n\
1184schedules to choose the best one.\n\
1185\n\
1186The default is no multipass scheduling.",
38f8b050
JR
1187 int, (void), NULL)
1188
1189/* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling
1190 what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the
1191 multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns zero for insn
1192 passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued. */
1193DEFHOOK
1194(first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard,
673c2f63
JM
1195 "\n\
1196This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\
1197considered for the multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns\n\
4960a0cb
MK
1198zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\
1199Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\
1200the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\
1201Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\
1202number of cycles.\n\
1203Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\
1204instruction at position 0 in the ready list. @var{ready_index} is passed\n\
1205to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\
673c2f63
JM
1206\n\
1207The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.",
ac44248e 1208 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int ready_index), NULL)
38f8b050 1209
894fd6f2
MK
1210/* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass
1211 scheduling.
1212 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling.
1213 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1214 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1215 should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding
1216 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1217 FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass
1218 scheduling on current cycle. */
1219DEFHOOK
1220(first_cycle_multipass_begin,
673c2f63
JM
1221 "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\
1222scheduling.",
4960a0cb 1223 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p),
894fd6f2
MK
1224 NULL)
1225
1226/* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.
1227 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects
1228 of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA.
1229 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1230 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
073a8998 1231 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
894fd6f2
MK
1232 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1233 INSN is the instruction being evaluated.
1234 PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding
073a8998 1235 to a state before issuing INSN. */
894fd6f2
MK
1236DEFHOOK
1237(first_cycle_multipass_issue,
673c2f63 1238 "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.",
ac44248e 1239 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx_insn *insn,
894fd6f2
MK
1240 const void *prev_data), NULL)
1241
1242/* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of
1243 instruction corresponding to DATA.
1244 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1245 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1246 described in DFA.
1247 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1248 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
073a8998 1249 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
894fd6f2
MK
1250 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. */
1251DEFHOOK
1252(first_cycle_multipass_backtrack,
673c2f63
JM
1253 "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\
1254an instruction.",
4960a0cb 1255 void, (const void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL)
894fd6f2
MK
1256
1257/* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current
1258 round of multipass scheduling.
1259 DATA is a pointer.
1260 If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass
1261 scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of
1262 the winning solution. DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find
1263 a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later,
1264 usually after advancing the cycle count. */
1265DEFHOOK
1266(first_cycle_multipass_end,
673c2f63
JM
1267 "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\
1268round of multipass scheduling.",
894fd6f2
MK
1269 void, (const void *data), NULL)
1270
1271/* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass
1272 scheduling after it has been allocated.
1273 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1274 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1275 described in DFA. */
1276DEFHOOK
1277(first_cycle_multipass_init,
673c2f63 1278 "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
894fd6f2
MK
1279 void, (void *data), NULL)
1280
1281/* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass
1282 scheduling before it is deallocated.
1283 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1284 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1285 described in DFA. */
1286DEFHOOK
1287(first_cycle_multipass_fini,
673c2f63 1288 "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
894fd6f2
MK
1289 void, (void *data), NULL)
1290
38f8b050
JR
1291/* The following member value is pointer to a function called by
1292 the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third
1293 parameter on given cycle. If the hook returns nonzero, the
1294 insn is not issued on given processors cycle. Instead of that,
1295 the processor cycle is advanced. If the value passed through
1296 the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted
1297 on the new cycle start as usually. The first parameter passes
1298 file for debugging output. The second one passes the scheduler
1299 verbose level of the debugging output. The forth and the fifth
1300 parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which
1301 the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle. */
c06bbdf7 1302DEFHOOK
38f8b050 1303(dfa_new_cycle,
673c2f63
JM
1304 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\
1305on cycle @var{clock}. If the hook returns nonzero,\n\
1306@var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle. Instead,\n\
1307the processor cycle is advanced. If *@var{sort_p}\n\
1308is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\
1309start as usually. @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\
1310verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\
1311@var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\
1312processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\
1313and the current processor cycle.",
ac44248e 1314 int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int last_clock,
c06bbdf7 1315 int clock, int *sort_p),
38f8b050
JR
1316 NULL)
1317
1318/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the
1319 insn scheduler. It should return true if there exists a dependence
1320 which is considered costly by the target, between the insn
1321 DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP). The first parameter is
1322 the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns. The
1323 second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by
1324 the scheduler. The last argument is the distance in cycles
1325 between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the
1326 second insn (second parameter). */
1327DEFHOOK
1328(is_costly_dependence,
673c2f63
JM
1329 "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\
1330the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\
1331are involved in the dependence too close to one another. The parameters\n\
1332to this hook are as follows: The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\
1333being evaluated. The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\
1334dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\
1335parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\
1336The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\
1337insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\
1338and @code{false} otherwise.\n\
1339\n\
1340Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\
1341where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\
1342delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\
1343that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\
1344important. In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\
1345closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance; however,\n\
1346not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.",
38f8b050
JR
1347 bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL)
1348
1349DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1350(adjust_cost_2,
1351 "Given the current cost, @var{cost}, of an insn, @var{insn}, calculate and\
1352 return a new cost based on its relationship to @var{dep_insn} through the\
1353 dependence of weakness @var{dw}. The default is to make no adjustment.",
ac44248e
DM
1354 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int dep_type1, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost,
1355 unsigned int dw),
1356 NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1357
1358/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1359 by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend
1360 that new instructions were emitted. */
1361DEFHOOK
1362(h_i_d_extended,
673c2f63
JM
1363 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\
1364the instruction stream. The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\
1365per instruction data structures.",
38f8b050
JR
1366 void, (void), NULL)
1367
1368/* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling. */
1369
1370/* Allocate memory for scheduler context. */
1371DEFHOOK
1372(alloc_sched_context,
673c2f63 1373 "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.",
38f8b050
JR
1374 void *, (void), NULL)
1375
1376/* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context. */
1377DEFHOOK
1378(init_sched_context,
673c2f63
JM
1379 "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\
1380It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\
1381beginning of the block. Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.",
38f8b050
JR
1382 void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL)
1383
1384/* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value. */
1385DEFHOOK
1386(set_sched_context,
673c2f63 1387 "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.",
38f8b050
JR
1388 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1389
1390/* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init. */
1391DEFHOOK
1392(clear_sched_context,
673c2f63 1393 "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
38f8b050
JR
1394 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1395
1396/* Frees the scheduler context. */
1397DEFHOOK
1398(free_sched_context,
673c2f63 1399 "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
38f8b050
JR
1400 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1401
1402/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1403 by the insn scheduler.
1404 The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type
1405 of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the
1406 speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1).
1407 It should return
1408 -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type,
1409 0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type,
1410 1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly
1411 generated one. */
1412DEFHOOK
1413(speculate_insn,
673c2f63
JM
1414 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\
1415speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\
1416The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\
1417version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\
1418pattern. The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\
1419or @minus{}1, if it doesn't. @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\
1420speculation. If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\
1421the generated speculative pattern.",
ac44248e 1422 int, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1423
1424/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1425 by the insn scheduler. It should return true if the check instruction
1426 passed as the parameter needs a recovery block. */
1427DEFHOOK
1428(needs_block_p,
673c2f63
JM
1429 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\
1430for @var{insn}. It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\
1431instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.",
8e90de43 1432 bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1433
1434/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1435 by the insn scheduler. It should return a pattern for the check
1436 instruction.
1437 The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter
1438 is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a
8e90de43
SB
1439 simple check). The third parameter is the kind of speculation that
1440 is being performed. */
38f8b050
JR
1441DEFHOOK
1442(gen_spec_check,
673c2f63
JM
1443 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\
1444check instruction. If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\
1445speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\
1446@var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\
1447be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\
1448recovery code (a simple check). If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\
1449a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\
1450@var{insn} should be generated. In this case @var{label} can't be null.",
ac44248e 1451 rtx, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *label, unsigned int ds), NULL)
38f8b050 1452
38f8b050
JR
1453/* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1454 information about the speculation capabilities of the target.
1455 The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable. */
1456DEFHOOK
1457(set_sched_flags,
673c2f63
JM
1458 "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\
1459enabled/used.\n\
1460The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\
1461The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.",
38f8b050
JR
1462 void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL)
1463
1464DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1465(get_insn_spec_ds,
1466 "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.",
ac44248e 1467 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1468
1469DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1470(get_insn_checked_ds,
1471 "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}",
ac44248e 1472 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1473
1474DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1475(skip_rtx_p,
1476 "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\
1477 advance to the inner rtxes.",
1478 bool, (const_rtx x), NULL)
1479
1480/* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1481 information about the target resource-based lower bound which is
1482 used by the swing modulo scheduler. The parameter is a pointer
1483 to ddg variable. */
1484DEFHOOK
1485(sms_res_mii,
673c2f63
JM
1486 "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\
1487resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\
1488the machine and the resources required by each instruction. The target\n\
1489backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound. A very simple lower\n\
1490bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\
1491of instructions divided by the issue rate.",
38f8b050
JR
1492 int, (struct ddg *g), NULL)
1493
7942e47e
RY
1494/* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch
1495 schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its
1496 parameters. */
1497DEFHOOK
1498(dispatch_do,
673c2f63
JM
1499"This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It performs the operation specified\n\
1500in its second parameter.",
ac44248e
DM
1501void, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1502hook_void_rtx_insn_int)
7942e47e
RY
1503
1504/* The following member value is a a function that returns true is
1505 dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed
1506 as the second parameter is true. */
1507DEFHOOK
1508(dispatch,
673c2f63
JM
1509"This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\
1510is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.",
ac44248e
DM
1511bool, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1512hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false)
7942e47e 1513
b0bd15f7
BS
1514DEFHOOKPOD
1515(exposed_pipeline,
1516"True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\
1517the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\
1518also the latencies of operations.",
1519bool, false)
1520
df7b0cc4
EI
1521/* The following member value is a function that returns number
1522 of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for
1523 statements of the given type. By default 1 is used. */
1524DEFHOOK
1525(reassociation_width,
1526"This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\
1527parallelism required in output calculations chain.",
ef4bddc2 1528int, (unsigned int opc, machine_mode mode),
df7b0cc4
EI
1529hook_int_uint_mode_1)
1530
b16abbcb
BC
1531/* The following member value is a function that returns priority for
1532 fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters. */
1533DEFHOOK
1534(fusion_priority,
1535"This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass. It calculates fusion\n\
1536priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter. The priorities\n\
1537are returned via pointer parameters.\n\
1538\n\
1539@var{insn} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.\n\
1540@var{max_pri} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.\n\
1541@var{fusion_pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s\n\
1542fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\
1543@var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority\n\
1544should be calculated and returned.\n\
1545\n\
1546Same @var{fusion_pri} should be returned for instructions which should\n\
1547be scheduled together. Different @var{pri} should be returned for\n\
1548instructions with same @var{fusion_pri}. @var{fusion_pri} is the major\n\
1549sort key, @var{pri} is the minor sort key. All instructions will be\n\
1550scheduled according to the two priorities. All priorities calculated\n\
1551should be between 0 (exclusive) and @var{max_pri} (inclusive). To avoid\n\
1552false dependencies, @var{fusion_pri} of instructions which need to be\n\
1553scheduled together should be smaller than @var{fusion_pri} of irrelevant\n\
1554instructions.\n\
1555\n\
1556Given below example:\n\
1557\n\
51be4977 1558@smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1559 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1560 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1561 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1562 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1563 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1564 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1565 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1566 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
51be4977 1567@end smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1568\n\
1569On targets like ARM/AArch64, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be\n\
1570merged. Since peephole2 pass can't help in this case unless consecutive\n\
1571loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow. That's where\n\
1572this scheduling fusion pass works. This hook calculates priority for each\n\
1573instruction based on its fustion type, like:\n\
1574\n\
51be4977
BC
1575@smallexample\n\
1576 ldr r10, [r1, 4] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=96\n\
1577 add r4, r4, r10 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1578 ldr r15, [r2, 8] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=92\n\
1579 sub r5, r5, r15 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1580 ldr r11, [r1, 0] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=100\n\
1581 add r4, r4, r11 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1582 ldr r16, [r2, 12] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=88\n\
1583 sub r5, r5, r16 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1584@end smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1585\n\
1586Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according\n\
1587to the priorities. As a result, instructions of same fusion type will be\n\
1588pushed together in instruction flow, like:\n\
1589\n\
51be4977 1590@smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1591 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1592 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1593 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1594 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1595 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1596 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1597 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1598 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
51be4977 1599@end smallexample\n\
b16abbcb
BC
1600\n\
1601Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.\n\
1602\n\
1603Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion\n\
1604work, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.\n\
1605\n\
1606This is firstly introduced on ARM/AArch64 targets, please refer to\n\
1607the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.",
1608void, (rtx_insn *insn, int max_pri, int *fusion_pri, int *pri), NULL)
1609
38f8b050
JR
1610HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched)
1611
0136f8f0
AH
1612/* Functions relating to OpenMP and Cilk Plus SIMD clones. */
1613#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1614#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_"
1615HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone)
1616
1617DEFHOOK
1618(compute_vecsize_and_simdlen,
1619"This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\
1620fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\
1621@var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\
1622The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\
1623or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.",
1624int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int), NULL)
1625
1626DEFHOOK
1627(adjust,
1628"This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\
1629to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.",
1630void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1631
1632DEFHOOK
1633(usable,
1634"This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\
1635in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\
1636usable. In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\
1637to use it.",
1638int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1639
1640HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone)
1641
38f8b050
JR
1642/* Functions relating to vectorization. */
1643#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1644#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_"
1645HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize)
1646
1647/* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1648 by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin
1649 function. */
1650DEFHOOK
1651(builtin_mask_for_load,
673c2f63
JM
1652 "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\
1653address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\
1654used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\
1655@var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\
1656\n\
1657The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\
1658@var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\
1659the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\
1660@code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\
1661two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\
1662@var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\
1663the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\
1664from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\
1665@var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\
1666@var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\
1667@var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\
1668\n\
1669If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\
1670to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\
1671use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\
1672@code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\
1673should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\
1674described above.\n\
1675If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\
1676the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\
1677log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.",
38f8b050
JR
1678 tree, (void), NULL)
1679
1680/* Returns a code for builtin that realizes vectorized version of
1681 function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1682DEFHOOK
1683(builtin_vectorized_function,
673c2f63
JM
1684 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1685vectorized variant of the builtin function with builtin function code\n\
1686@var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\
1687The value of @var{fndecl} is the builtin function declaration. The\n\
1688return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1689@var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
38f8b050
JR
1690 tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1691 default_builtin_vectorized_function)
1692
1693/* Returns a function declaration for a builtin that realizes the
1694 vector conversion, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1695DEFHOOK
1696(builtin_conversion,
673c2f63
JM
1697 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements conversion of the\n\
1698input vector of type @var{src_type} to type @var{dest_type}.\n\
1699The value of @var{code} is one of the enumerators in @code{enum tree_code} and\n\
1700specifies how the conversion is to be applied\n\
1701(truncation, rounding, etc.).\n\
1702\n\
1703If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will use the\n\
1704@code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_CONVERSION} target hook when vectorizing\n\
1705conversion. Otherwise, it will return @code{NULL_TREE}.",
38f8b050
JR
1706 tree, (unsigned code, tree dest_type, tree src_type),
1707 default_builtin_vectorized_conversion)
1708
720f5239
IR
1709/* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost
1710 model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends
1711 on the data type and misalignment value. */
38f8b050
JR
1712DEFHOOK
1713(builtin_vectorization_cost,
673c2f63
JM
1714 "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\
1715For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\
1716misalignment value (@var{misalign}).",
720f5239 1717 int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign),
38f8b050
JR
1718 default_builtin_vectorization_cost)
1719
1720/* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N
1721 iterations) for the given type. */
1722DEFHOOK
1723(vector_alignment_reachable,
673c2f63 1724 "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations) for the given type.",
38f8b050
JR
1725 bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed),
1726 default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable)
1727
22e4dee7
RH
1728/* Return true if a vector created for vec_perm_const is valid.
1729 A NULL indicates that all constants are valid permutations. */
38f8b050 1730DEFHOOK
5a3c0068 1731(vec_perm_const_ok,
673c2f63 1732 "Return true if a vector created for @code{vec_perm_const} is valid.",
ef4bddc2 1733 bool, (machine_mode, const unsigned char *sel),
22e4dee7 1734 NULL)
38f8b050
JR
1735
1736/* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a
1737 specific factor denoted in the third parameter. The last parameter
1738 is true if the access is defined in a packed struct. */
1739DEFHOOK
1740(support_vector_misalignment,
673c2f63
JM
1741 "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\
1742store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\
1743parameter. The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\
1744the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}. @var{is_packed}\n\
1745parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.",
38f8b050 1746 bool,
ef4bddc2 1747 (machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed),
38f8b050
JR
1748 default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment)
1749
0a35513e
AH
1750/* Return the builtin decl needed to load a vector of TYPE. */
1751DEFHOOK
1752(builtin_tm_load,
1753 "This hook should return the built-in decl needed to load a vector of the "
1754 "given type within a transaction.",
1755 tree,
1756 (tree),
1757 default_builtin_tm_load_store)
1758
1759/* Return the builtin decl needed to store a vector of TYPE. */
1760DEFHOOK
1761(builtin_tm_store,
1762 "This hook should return the built-in decl needed to store a vector of the "
1763 "given type within a transaction.",
1764 tree,
1765 (tree),
1766 default_builtin_tm_load_store)
1767
cc4b5170
RG
1768/* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified
1769 scalar mode. */
26983c22 1770DEFHOOK
cc4b5170 1771(preferred_simd_mode,
673c2f63
JM
1772 "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\
1773mode @var{mode}. The default is\n\
1774equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\
1775transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.",
ef4bddc2
RS
1776 machine_mode,
1777 (machine_mode mode),
cc4b5170 1778 default_preferred_simd_mode)
26983c22 1779
767f865f
RG
1780/* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing
1781 after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode. */
1782DEFHOOK
1783(autovectorize_vector_sizes,
673c2f63
JM
1784 "This hook should return a mask of sizes that should be iterated over\n\
1785after trying to autovectorize using the vector size derived from the\n\
1786mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}.\n\
1787The default is zero which means to not iterate over other vector sizes.",
767f865f
RG
1788 unsigned int,
1789 (void),
1790 default_autovectorize_vector_sizes)
1791
aec7ae7d
JJ
1792/* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. */
1793DEFHOOK
1794(builtin_gather,
673c2f63
JM
1795 "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. @var{mem_vectype}\n\
1796is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1797the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1798The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\
1799loads.",
aec7ae7d
JJ
1800 tree,
1801 (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1802 NULL)
1803
c3e7ee41
BS
1804/* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block. */
1805DEFHOOK
1806(init_cost,
1807 "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation "
1808 "for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block. The default "
92345349
BS
1809 "allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue, "
1810 "body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block. If @var{loop_info} is "
1811 "non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block "
1812 "is being vectorized.",
c3e7ee41
BS
1813 void *,
1814 (struct loop *loop_info),
1815 default_init_cost)
1816
1817/* Target function to record N statements of the given kind using the
92345349
BS
1818 given vector type within the cost model data for the current loop or
1819 block. */
c3e7ee41
BS
1820DEFHOOK
1821(add_stmt_cost,
1822 "This hook should update the target-specific @var{data} in response to "
92345349
BS
1823 "adding @var{count} copies of the given @var{kind} of statement to a "
1824 "loop or basic block. The default adds the builtin vectorizer cost for "
1825 "the copies of the statement to the accumulator specified by @var{where}, "
1826 "(the prologue, body, or epilogue) and returns the amount added. The "
1827 "return value should be viewed as a tentative cost that may later be "
1828 "revised.",
c3e7ee41
BS
1829 unsigned,
1830 (void *data, int count, enum vect_cost_for_stmt kind,
92345349
BS
1831 struct _stmt_vec_info *stmt_info, int misalign,
1832 enum vect_cost_model_location where),
c3e7ee41
BS
1833 default_add_stmt_cost)
1834
1835/* Target function to calculate the total cost of the current vectorized
1836 loop or block. */
1837DEFHOOK
1838(finish_cost,
1839 "This hook should complete calculations of the cost of vectorizing a loop "
92345349
BS
1840 "or basic block based on @var{data}, and return the prologue, body, and "
1841 "epilogue costs as unsigned integers. The default returns the value of "
1842 "the three accumulators.",
1843 void,
1844 (void *data, unsigned *prologue_cost, unsigned *body_cost,
1845 unsigned *epilogue_cost),
c3e7ee41
BS
1846 default_finish_cost)
1847
1848/* Function to delete target-specific cost modeling data. */
1849DEFHOOK
1850(destroy_cost_data,
1851 "This hook should release @var{data} and any related data structures "
1852 "allocated by TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST. The default releases the "
1853 "accumulator.",
1854 void,
1855 (void *data),
1856 default_destroy_cost_data)
1857
38f8b050
JR
1858HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize)
1859
1860#undef HOOK_PREFIX
1861#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
1862
ec6fe917
IV
1863DEFHOOK
1864(record_offload_symbol,
1865 "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named\n\
1866sections are available. It is called once for each symbol that must be\n\
1867recorded in the offload function and variable table.",
1868 void, (tree),
1869 hook_void_tree)
1870
6d2b7199
BS
1871DEFHOOKPOD
1872(absolute_biggest_alignment,
1873 "If defined, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment\n\
1874that a type or variable can have on this machine, otherwise,\n\
1875@code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} is used.",
1876 HOST_WIDE_INT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
1877
38f8b050
JR
1878/* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have
1879 been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the
1880 end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma. */
1881DEFHOOK
1882(override_options_after_change,
673c2f63
JM
1883 "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\
1884but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\
1885pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\
1886attribute or pragma. It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\
1887when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\
1888actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\
1889@code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.",
38f8b050
JR
1890 void, (void),
1891 hook_void_void)
1892
c713ddc0
BS
1893DEFHOOK
1894(offload_options,
1895 "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file. It should\n\
1896translate any relevant target-specific options (such as the ABI in use)\n\
1897into one of the @option{-foffload} options that exist as a common interface\n\
1898to express such options. It should return a string containing these options,\n\
1899separated by spaces, which the caller will free.\n",
1900char *, (void), hook_charptr_void_null)
1901
38f8b050
JR
1902DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1903(eh_return_filter_mode,
1904 "Return machine mode for filter value.",
ef4bddc2 1905 machine_mode, (void),
38f8b050
JR
1906 default_eh_return_filter_mode)
1907
1908/* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions. */
1909DEFHOOK
1910(libgcc_cmp_return_mode,
673c2f63
JM
1911 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\
1912of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
1913@code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
1914targets.",
ef4bddc2 1915 machine_mode, (void),
38f8b050
JR
1916 default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode)
1917
1918/* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions. */
1919DEFHOOK
1920(libgcc_shift_count_mode,
673c2f63
JM
1921 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\
1922of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
1923@code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
1924targets.",
ef4bddc2 1925 machine_mode, (void),
38f8b050
JR
1926 default_libgcc_shift_count_mode)
1927
1928/* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type. */
1929DEFHOOK
1930(unwind_word_mode,
673c2f63
JM
1931 "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\
1932The default is to use @code{word_mode}.",
ef4bddc2 1933 machine_mode, (void),
38f8b050
JR
1934 default_unwind_word_mode)
1935
1936/* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result. */
1937DEFHOOK
1938(merge_decl_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
1939 "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\
1940handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
1941@code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\
1942@var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}. Examples of\n\
1943when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\
1944attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition. This function may\n\
1945call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\
1946\n\
1947@findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\
1948If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\
1949for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\
1950@code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}. The compiler\n\
1951will then define a function called\n\
1952@code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\
1953the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. You can also\n\
1954add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\
1955to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\
1956@samp{dllexport} attributes. This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\
1957@file{i386/i386.c}, for example.",
38f8b050
JR
1958 tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl),
1959 merge_decl_attributes)
1960
1961/* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result. */
1962DEFHOOK
1963(merge_type_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
1964 "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\
1965handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
1966@code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}. It is assumed\n\
1967that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1. This\n\
1968function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\
1969merging.",
38f8b050
JR
1970 tree, (tree type1, tree type2),
1971 merge_type_attributes)
1972
1973/* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them.
1974 Ignored if NULL. */
1975DEFHOOKPOD
1976(attribute_table,
673c2f63 1977 "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\
15ab4e1e 1978attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree-core.h}) specifying the machine\n\
673c2f63
JM
1979specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\
1980entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\
1981take.",
38f8b050
JR
1982 const struct attribute_spec *, NULL)
1983
1984/* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first
1985 argument. */
1986DEFHOOK
1987(attribute_takes_identifier_p,
673c2f63
JM
1988 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\
1989machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\
1990given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\
1991subjected to name lookup. If this is not defined, the default is\n\
1992false for all machine-specific attributes.",
38f8b050
JR
1993 bool, (const_tree name),
1994 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
1995
1996/* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible,
1997 one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible
1998 (which causes a warning to be generated). */
1999DEFHOOK
2000(comp_type_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2001 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\
2002@var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\
2003and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\
2004generated). If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\
2005supposed always to be compatible.",
38f8b050
JR
2006 int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
2007 hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1)
2008
2009/* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE. */
2010DEFHOOK
2011(set_default_type_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2012 "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\
2013the newly defined @var{type}.",
38f8b050
JR
2014 void, (tree type),
2015 hook_void_tree)
2016
2017/* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL. */
2018DEFHOOK
2019(insert_attributes,
673c2f63
JM
2020 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\
2021when it is being created. This is normally useful for back ends which\n\
2022wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\
2023the pragma's effect. The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\
2024created. The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\
2025for this decl. The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\
2026shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\
2027the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\
2028attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\
2029needed.",
38f8b050
JR
2030 void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr),
2031 hook_void_tree_treeptr)
2032
2033/* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute)
2034 can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise. */
2035DEFHOOK
2036(function_attribute_inlinable_p,
673c2f63 2037 "@cindex inlining\n\
5bd40ade 2038This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\
673c2f63
JM
2039into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\
2040attributes, @code{false} otherwise. By default, if a function has a\n\
2041target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.",
38f8b050
JR
2042 bool, (const_tree fndecl),
2043 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2044
2045/* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the
2046 Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules. */
2047DEFHOOK
2048(ms_bitfield_layout_p,
673c2f63
JM
2049 "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\
2050@var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\
2051Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\
2052unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\
2053different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\
2054alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\
2055bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\
2056the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\
2057(iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\
2058another bit-field of nonzero size. If this hook returns @code{true},\n\
2059other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\
2060\n\
2061When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\
2062of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\
2063bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\
2064and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\
2065chunk of 32 bits. However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\
2066size is allocated). In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\
2067alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\
2068\n\
2069If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\
2070the latter will take precedence. If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\
2071used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\
2072precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\
2073may affect its placement.",
38f8b050
JR
2074 bool, (const_tree record_type),
2075 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2076
2e681adf
JR
2077/* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for
2078 target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing
2079 before switching completely to the target hook. */
2080DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2081(words_big_endian,
2082 "",
2083 bool, (void),
2084 targhook_words_big_endian)
2085
2086/* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */
2087DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2088(float_words_big_endian,
2089 "",
2090 bool, (void),
2091 targhook_float_words_big_endian)
2092
9193fb05
JM
2093DEFHOOK
2094(float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p,
2095 "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\
2096 and rounding modes, false otherwise. This is intended to relate to the\
2097 @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\
2098 By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\
2099 available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\
2100 point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\
2101 does not.",
2102 bool, (void),
2103 default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p)
2104
38f8b050
JR
2105/* True if the target supports decimal floating point. */
2106DEFHOOK
2107(decimal_float_supported_p,
673c2f63 2108 "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.",
38f8b050
JR
2109 bool, (void),
2110 default_decimal_float_supported_p)
2111
2112/* True if the target supports fixed-point. */
2113DEFHOOK
2114(fixed_point_supported_p,
673c2f63 2115 "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.",
38f8b050
JR
2116 bool, (void),
2117 default_fixed_point_supported_p)
2118
2119/* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment. */
2120DEFHOOK
2121(align_anon_bitfield,
673c2f63
JM
2122 "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\
2123whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\
2124structure. The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\
2125the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.",
38f8b050
JR
2126 bool, (void),
2127 hook_bool_void_false)
2128
2129/* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible.
2130 Return false if they should use the container type. */
2131DEFHOOK
2132(narrow_volatile_bitfield,
673c2f63
JM
2133 "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\
2134should use the narrowest mode possible. It should return @code{false} if\n\
2135these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\
2136\n\
7d0b9a9c 2137The default is @code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
2138 bool, (void),
2139 hook_bool_void_false)
2140
2141/* Set up target-specific built-in functions. */
2142DEFHOOK
2143(init_builtins,
673c2f63
JM
2144 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2145that need to be defined. It should be a function that performs the\n\
2146necessary setup.\n\
2147\n\
2148Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\
2149instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\
2150they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\
2151instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\
2152\n\
2153To create a built-in function, call the function\n\
2154@code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\
2155which is defined by the language front end. You can use any type nodes set\n\
2156up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\
2157only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\
2158@samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.",
38f8b050
JR
2159 void, (void),
2160 hook_void_void)
2161
2162/* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific
2163 built-in function decl for CODE.
2164 Return NULL if that is not possible. Return error_mark_node if CODE
2165 is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes. */
2166DEFHOOK
2167(builtin_decl,
673c2f63
JM
2168 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2169that need to be defined. It should be a function that returns the\n\
2170builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\
2171If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\
2172if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\
2173If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\
2174@code{error_mark_node}.",
38f8b050
JR
2175 tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL)
2176
2177/* Expand a target-specific builtin. */
2178DEFHOOK
2179(expand_builtin,
673c2f63
JM
2180 "\n\
2181Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2182@samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\
2183function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\
2184convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\
2185@var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\
2186@var{exp}'s operands. @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\
2187ignored. This function should return the result of the call to the\n\
2188built-in function.",
38f8b050 2189 rtx,
ef4bddc2 2190 (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, machine_mode mode, int ignore),
38f8b050
JR
2191 default_expand_builtin)
2192
d5e254e1
IE
2193DEFHOOK
2194(builtin_chkp_function,
2195 "This hook allows target to redefine built-in functions used by\n\
2196Pointer Bounds Checker for code instrumentation. Hook should return\n\
2197fndecl of function implementing generic builtin whose code is\n\
2198passed in @var{fcode}. Currently following built-in functions are\n\
2199obtained using this hook:\n\
2200@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndmk (const void *@var{lb}, size_t @var{size})\n\
2201Function code - BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDMK. This built-in function is used\n\
2202by Pointer Bounds Checker to create bound values. @var{lb} holds low\n\
2203bound of the resulting bounds. @var{size} holds size of created bounds.\n\
2204@end deftypefn\n\
2205\n\
2206@deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndstx (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b}, const void **@var{loc})\n\
2207Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDSTX}. This built-in function is used\n\
2208by Pointer Bounds Checker to store bounds @var{b} for pointer @var{ptr}\n\
2209when @var{ptr} is stored by address @var{loc}.\n\
2210@end deftypefn\n\
2211\n\
2212@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndldx (const void **@var{loc}, const void *@var{ptr})\n\
2213Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDLDX}. This built-in function is used\n\
2214by Pointer Bounds Checker to get bounds of pointer @var{ptr} loaded by\n\
2215address @var{loc}.\n\
2216@end deftypefn\n\
2217\n\
2218@deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndcl (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2219Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDCL}. This built-in function is used\n\
2220by Pointer Bounds Checker to perform check for pointer @var{ptr} against\n\
2221lower bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2222@end deftypefn\n\
2223\n\
2224@deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndcu (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2225Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDCU}. This built-in function is used\n\
2226by Pointer Bounds Checker to perform check for pointer @var{ptr} against\n\
2227upper bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2228@end deftypefn\n\
2229\n\
2230@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndret (void *@var{ptr})\n\
2231Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDRET}. This built-in function is used\n\
2232by Pointer Bounds Checker to obtain bounds returned by a call statement.\n\
2233@var{ptr} passed to built-in is @code{SSA_NAME} returned by the call.\n\
2234@end deftypefn\n\
2235\n\
2236@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_intersect (__bounds_type @var{b1}, __bounds_type @var{b2})\n\
2237Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_INTERSECT}. This built-in function\n\
2238returns intersection of bounds @var{b1} and @var{b2}.\n\
2239@end deftypefn\n\
2240\n\
2241@deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_narrow (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b}, size_t @var{s})\n\
2242Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_NARROW}. This built-in function\n\
2243returns intersection of bounds @var{b} and\n\
2244[@var{ptr}, @var{ptr} + @var{s} - @code{1}].\n\
2245@end deftypefn\n\
2246\n\
2247@deftypefn {Built-in Function} size_t __chkp_sizeof (const void *@var{ptr})\n\
2248Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_SIZEOF}. This built-in function\n\
2249returns size of object referenced by @var{ptr}. @var{ptr} is always\n\
2250@code{ADDR_EXPR} of @code{VAR_DECL}. This built-in is used by\n\
2251Pointer Bounds Checker when bounds of object cannot be computed statically\n\
2252(e.g. object has incomplete type).\n\
2253@end deftypefn\n\
2254\n\
2255@deftypefn {Built-in Function} const void *__chkp_extract_lower (__bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2256Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_EXTRACT_LOWER}. This built-in function\n\
2257returns lower bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2258@end deftypefn\n\
2259\n\
2260@deftypefn {Built-in Function} const void *__chkp_extract_upper (__bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2261Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_EXTRACT_UPPER}. This built-in function\n\
2262returns upper bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2263@end deftypefn",
2264 tree, (unsigned fcode),
2265 default_builtin_chkp_function)
2266
2267DEFHOOK
2268(chkp_bound_type,
2269 "Return type to be used for bounds",
2270 tree, (void),
2271 default_chkp_bound_type)
2272
2273DEFHOOK
2274(chkp_bound_mode,
2275 "Return mode to be used for bounds.",
2276 enum machine_mode, (void),
2277 default_chkp_bound_mode)
2278
2279DEFHOOK
2280(chkp_make_bounds_constant,
2281 "Return constant used to statically initialize constant bounds\n\
2282with specified lower bound @var{lb} and upper bounds @var{ub}.",
2283 tree, (HOST_WIDE_INT lb, HOST_WIDE_INT ub),
2284 default_chkp_make_bounds_constant)
2285
2286DEFHOOK
2287(chkp_initialize_bounds,
2288 "Generate a list of statements @var{stmts} to initialize pointer\n\
2289bounds variable @var{var} with bounds @var{lb} and @var{ub}. Return\n\
2290the number of generated statements.",
2291 int, (tree var, tree lb, tree ub, tree *stmts),
2292 default_chkp_initialize_bounds)
2293
38f8b050
JR
2294/* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin. This is done
2295 *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to
2296 implement a crude form of function overloading. The result is a
2297 complete expression that implements the operation. PARAMS really
2298 has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here. */
d66f5459 2299DEFHOOK
38f8b050 2300(resolve_overloaded_builtin,
673c2f63
JM
2301 "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\
2302was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. This is done\n\
2303@emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\
2304implement a crude form of function overloading. @var{fndecl} is the\n\
2305declaration of the built-in function. @var{arglist} is the list of\n\
2306arguments passed to the built-in function. The result is a\n\
2307complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\
2308another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\
2309@var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}",
d66f5459 2310 tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL)
38f8b050 2311
ea679d55
JG
2312/* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE
2313 and GENERIC. */
08914aaa 2314DEFHOOK
38f8b050 2315(fold_builtin,
673c2f63
JM
2316 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2317@samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\
2318built-in function. @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\
2319the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\
2320The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\
2321containing a simplified expression for the call's result. If\n\
2322@var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.",
08914aaa 2323 tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore),
38f8b050
JR
2324 hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null)
2325
ea679d55
JG
2326/* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree. */
2327DEFHOOK
2328(gimple_fold_builtin,
2329 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\
2330by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\
2331statement holding the function call. Returns true if any change\n\
2332was made to the GIMPLE stream.",
2333 bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi),
2334 hook_bool_gsiptr_false)
2335
3649b9b7
ST
2336/* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to
2337 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used
2338 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two
2339 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority
2340 is checked for dispatching earlier. DECL1 and DECL2 are
2341 the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value
2342 if DECL1 is higher priority, negative value if DECL2 is higher priority
2343 and 0 if they are the same. */
2344DEFHOOK
2345(compare_version_priority,
673c2f63
JM
2346 "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\
2347determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used\n\
2348during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\
2349versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority\n\
2350is checked for dispatching earlier. @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\
2351 the two function decls that will be compared.",
3649b9b7
ST
2352 int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL)
2353
2354/* Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right
2355 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.
2356 ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body
2357 must be generated. */
2358DEFHOOK
2359(generate_version_dispatcher_body,
673c2f63
JM
2360 "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\
2361function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\
2362@var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\
2363body must be generated.",
3649b9b7
ST
2364 tree, (void *arg), NULL)
2365
2366/* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function
2367 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function
2368 version at run-time. DECL is one version from a set of semantically
2369 identical versions. */
2370DEFHOOK
2371(get_function_versions_dispatcher,
673c2f63
JM
2372 "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\
2373versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\
2374version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\
2375identical versions.",
3649b9b7
ST
2376 tree, (void *decl), NULL)
2377
38f8b050
JR
2378/* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements
2379 reciprocal of the function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
89356d17 2380DEFHOOK
38f8b050 2381(builtin_reciprocal,
673c2f63
JM
2382 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements reciprocal of\n\
2383the builtin function with builtin function code @var{fn}, or\n\
2384@code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available. @var{md_fn} is true\n\
2385when @var{fn} is a code of a machine-dependent builtin function. When\n\
2386@var{sqrt} is true, additional optimizations that apply only to the reciprocal\n\
2387of a square root function are performed, and only reciprocals of @code{sqrt}\n\
2388function are valid.",
89356d17 2389 tree, (unsigned fn, bool md_fn, bool sqrt),
38f8b050
JR
2390 default_builtin_reciprocal)
2391
2392/* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated
2393 string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE. In all other cases, return
2394 NULL. */
2395DEFHOOK
2396(mangle_type,
673c2f63
JM
2397 "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\
2398uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\
2399to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\
2400mangled name. The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\
2401the type to be mangled. The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\
2402not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\
2403for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize. If the\n\
2404return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\
2405string constant.\n\
2406\n\
2407Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\
2408qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types. Encode new\n\
2409fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\
2410is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\
2411length of @var{name} in decimal. Encode qualified versions of\n\
2412ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\
2413@var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\
2414@var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\
2415code used to represent the unqualified version of this type. (See\n\
2416@code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.c} for the list of\n\
2417codes.) In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\
2418spaces in your string.\n\
2419\n\
2420This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution. If the mangled\n\
2421name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\
2422can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\
2423before mangling.\n\
2424\n\
2425The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\
2426appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\
2427types.",
38f8b050
JR
2428 const char *, (const_tree type),
2429 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
2430
2431/* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target. */
2432DEFHOOK
2433(init_libfuncs,
673c2f63
JM
2434 "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\
2435existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\
2436@code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.c}.\n\
2437@code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\
2438library routines.\n\
2439\n\
2440The default is to do nothing. Most ports don't need to define this hook.",
38f8b050
JR
2441 void, (void),
2442 hook_void_void)
2443
cdbf4541
BS
2444 /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __. */
2445DEFHOOKPOD
2446(libfunc_gnu_prefix,
2447 "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\
2448underscores. If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\
2449instead. E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}. This\n\
2450currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}. If this\n\
2451is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\
2452@code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.",
2453 bool, false)
2454
38f8b050
JR
2455/* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer
2456 has relocs, choose attributes for the section. */
2457/* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION. */
2458DEFHOOK
2459(section_type_flags,
673c2f63
JM
2460 "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\
2461based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\
2462declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations. @var{decl} may be\n\
2463null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\
2464\n\
2465The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\
2466read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}. You should only\n\
2467need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\
2468set via @code{__attribute__}.",
38f8b050
JR
2469 unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc),
2470 default_section_type_flags)
2471
d33d9e47
AI
2472DEFHOOK
2473(libc_has_function,
2474 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2475@var{fn_class} is present at the runtime.",
2476 bool, (enum function_class fn_class),
2477 default_libc_has_function)
2478
38f8b050
JR
2479/* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or
2480 not, at the current point in the compilation. */
2481DEFHOOK
2482(cannot_modify_jumps_p,
673c2f63
JM
2483 "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\
2484instructions could be created. On machines that require a register for\n\
2485every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\
2486reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\
2487\n\
2488@smallexample\n\
2489static bool\n\
2490cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\
2491@{\n\
2492 return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\
2493@}\n\
2494@end smallexample",
38f8b050
JR
2495 bool, (void),
2496 hook_bool_void_false)
2497
4b4de898
JR
2498/* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE. */
2499DEFHOOK
2500(can_follow_jump,
2501 "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\
2502 return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\
2503 false, if it can't.\
2504 For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\
2505 follow through a hot/cold partitioning.",
c1ce59ab
DM
2506 bool, (const rtx_insn *follower, const rtx_insn *followee),
2507 hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true)
4b4de898 2508
38f8b050
JR
2509/* Return a register class for which branch target register
2510 optimizations should be applied. */
2511DEFHOOK
2512(branch_target_register_class,
673c2f63
JM
2513 "This target hook returns a register class for which branch target register\n\
2514optimizations should be applied. All registers in this class should be\n\
2515usable interchangeably. After reload, registers in this class will be\n\
2516re-allocated and loads will be hoisted out of loops and be subjected\n\
2517to inter-block scheduling.",
a87cf97e 2518 reg_class_t, (void),
38f8b050
JR
2519 default_branch_target_register_class)
2520
2521/* Return true if branch target register optimizations should include
2522 callee-saved registers that are not already live during the current
2523 function. AFTER_PE_GEN is true if prologues and epilogues have
2524 already been generated. */
2525DEFHOOK
2526(branch_target_register_callee_saved,
673c2f63
JM
2527 "Branch target register optimization will by default exclude callee-saved\n\
2528registers\n\
2529that are not already live during the current function; if this target hook\n\
2530returns true, they will be included. The target code must than make sure\n\
2531that all target registers in the class returned by\n\
2532@samp{TARGET_BRANCH_TARGET_REGISTER_CLASS} that might need saving are\n\
2533saved. @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} indicates if prologues and\n\
2534epilogues have already been generated. Note, even if you only return\n\
2535true when @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} is false, you still are likely\n\
2536to have to make special provisions in @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET}\n\
2537to reserve space for caller-saved target registers.",
38f8b050
JR
2538 bool, (bool after_prologue_epilogue_gen),
2539 hook_bool_bool_false)
2540
2541/* Return true if the target supports conditional execution. */
2542DEFHOOK
2543(have_conditional_execution,
673c2f63
JM
2544 "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\
2545This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\
2546modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.",
38f8b050
JR
2547 bool, (void),
2548 default_have_conditional_execution)
2549
2e0f1341
ZC
2550DEFHOOK
2551(gen_ccmp_first,
5f3bc026
ZC
2552 "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a\n\
2553 sequence of conditional comparisions. It returns a appropriate @code{CC}\n\
2554 for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}. The insns to\n\
2555 prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare insns are\n\
2556 saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the compares in the\n\
2557 the conditional comparision are generated without error. @var{code} is\n\
2e0f1341 2558 the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.",
5f3bc026 2559 rtx, (rtx *prep_seq, rtx *gen_seq, int code, tree op0, tree op1),
2e0f1341
ZC
2560 NULL)
2561
2562DEFHOOK
2563(gen_ccmp_next,
5f3bc026
ZC
2564 "This function prepare to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence of\n\
2565 conditional comparisons. It returns a appropriate @code{CC} for passing to\n\
2566 @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}. The insns to prepare the\n\
2567 compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare insns are saved in\n\
2568 @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the compares in the conditional\n\
2569 comparision are generated without error. The @var{prev} expression is the\n\
2570 result of a prior call to @code{gen_ccmp_first} or @code{gen_ccmp_next}. It\n\
2571 may return @code{NULL} if the combination of @var{prev} and this comparison is\n\
2e0f1341
ZC
2572 not supported, otherwise the result must be appropriate for passing to\n\
2573 @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}. @var{code} is the\n\
2574 @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}. @var{bit_code}\n\
2575 is @code{AND} or @code{IOR}, which is the op on the two compares.",
5f3bc026 2576 rtx, (rtx *prep_seq, rtx *gen_seq, rtx prev, int cmp_code, tree op0, tree op1, int bit_code),
2e0f1341
ZC
2577 NULL)
2578
38f8b050
JR
2579/* Return a new value for loop unroll size. */
2580DEFHOOK
2581(loop_unroll_adjust,
673c2f63
JM
2582 "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\
2583should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\
2584the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\
2585the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\
2586is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\
2587number of memory accesses.",
38f8b050
JR
2588 unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, struct loop *loop),
2589 NULL)
2590
1a627b35
RS
2591/* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand. */
2592DEFHOOK
2593(legitimate_constant_p,
673c2f63
JM
2594 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\
2595@var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that\n\
2596@var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\
2597\n\
2598The default definition returns true.",
ef4bddc2 2599 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
1a627b35
RS
2600 hook_bool_mode_rtx_true)
2601
38f8b050
JR
2602/* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool. */
2603DEFHOOK
2604(cannot_force_const_mem,
673c2f63
JM
2605 "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\
2606should not) be spilled to the constant pool. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2607of @var{x}.\n\
2608\n\
2609The default version of this hook returns false.\n\
2610\n\
2611The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\
2612deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\
2613from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\
2614holding the constant. This restriction is often true of addresses\n\
2615of TLS symbols for various targets.",
ef4bddc2 2616 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
fbbf66e7 2617 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
38f8b050
JR
2618
2619DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2620(cannot_copy_insn_p,
2621 "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.",
ac44248e 2622 bool, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
2623
2624/* True if X is considered to be commutative. */
2625DEFHOOK
2626(commutative_p,
673c2f63
JM
2627 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\
2628Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\
2629PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@. @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\
2630of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.",
38f8b050
JR
2631 bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code),
2632 hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p)
2633
2634/* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends
2635 on the mode of the memory reference it is used in. */
2636DEFHOOK
2637(mode_dependent_address_p,
673c2f63
JM
2638 "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\
2639space @var{addrspace} can have\n\
2640different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\
2641reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\
2642but not others.\n\
2643\n\
2644Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\
2645effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\
2646of the operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\
2647addresses. Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\
2648\n\
2649You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\
2650\n\
2651The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.",
5bfed9a9 2652 bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace),
38f8b050
JR
2653 default_mode_dependent_address_p)
2654
2655/* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific
2656 ways to make it legitimate. Return X or an invalid address on failure. */
2657DEFHOOK
2658(legitimize_address,
673c2f63
JM
2659 "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\
2660operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\
2661address.\n\
2662\n\
2663@findex break_out_memory_refs\n\
2664@var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\
2665and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\
2666@var{x}.\n\
2667\n\
2668The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\
2669@var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\
2670should return the new @var{x}.\n\
2671\n\
2672It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\
2673with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\
2674The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, if\n\
2675the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\
2676is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\
2677a valid way to legitimize the address. But often a machine-dependent\n\
2678strategy can generate better code.",
ef4bddc2 2679 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
2680 default_legitimize_address)
2681
2682/* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS. */
2683DEFHOOK
2684(delegitimize_address,
673c2f63
JM
2685 "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\
2686@code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\
2687macros. Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\
2688references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\
2689addressing modes. This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\
2690the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\
2691into their original form.",
38f8b050
JR
2692 rtx, (rtx x),
2693 delegitimize_mem_from_attrs)
2694
93bcc8c9
JJ
2695/* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info
2696 section. */
2697DEFHOOK
2698(const_not_ok_for_debug_p,
673c2f63
JM
2699 "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\
2700debug sections.",
93bcc8c9
JJ
2701 bool, (rtx x),
2702 hook_bool_rtx_false)
2703
38f8b050
JR
2704/* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid. */
2705DEFHOOK
2706(legitimate_address_p,
673c2f63
JM
2707 "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\
2708address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2709\n\
2710Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\
2711non-strict one. The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\
2712desired by the caller.\n\
2713\n\
2714The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so\n\
2715that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\
2716considered a memory reference. This is because in contexts where some\n\
2717kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\
2718must be rejected. For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\
2719up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\
2720register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\
2721if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\
2722\n\
2723The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to\n\
2724accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\
2725register is required.\n\
2726\n\
2727Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\
2728and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\
2729constant. Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\
2730specifically as legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply\n\
2731recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\
2732\n\
2733Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\
2734sums that are not marked with @code{const}. It assumes that a naked\n\
2735@code{plus} indicates indexing. If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\
2736naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\
2737be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\
2738\n\
2739@cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\
2740On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\
2741the section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the\n\
2742target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\
2743into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. When you see a\n\
2744@code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\
2745@code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section. @xref{Assembler\n\
2746Format}.\n\
2747\n\
2748@cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\
2749Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\
2750this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro. This macro\n\
2751has this syntax:\n\
2752\n\
2753@example\n\
2754#define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\
2755@end example\n\
2756\n\
2757@noindent\n\
2758and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\
2759address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2760\n\
2761@findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\
2762Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\
2763macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}. You should use an\n\
2764@code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\
2765that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\
2766\n\
2767Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\
2768files that are recompiled when changes are made.",
ef4bddc2 2769 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict),
38f8b050
JR
2770 default_legitimate_address_p)
2771
2772/* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block. */
2773DEFHOOK
2774(use_blocks_for_constant_p,
673c2f63
JM
2775 "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\
2776be placed in an @code{object_block} structure. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2777of @var{x}.\n\
2778\n\
2779The default version returns false for all constants.",
ef4bddc2 2780 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x),
38f8b050
JR
2781 hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false)
2782
361a58da
DE
2783/* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block. */
2784DEFHOOK
2785(use_blocks_for_decl_p,
673c2f63
JM
2786 "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\
2787be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\
2788\n\
2789The default version returns true for all decls.",
361a58da
DE
2790 bool, (const_tree decl),
2791 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
2792
38f8b050
JR
2793/* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses. */
2794DEFHOOKPOD
2795(min_anchor_offset,
673c2f63
JM
2796 "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\
2797On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\
2798applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\
2799for every mode. The default value is 0.",
38f8b050
JR
2800 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2801
2802DEFHOOKPOD
2803(max_anchor_offset,
673c2f63
JM
2804 "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\
2805offset that should be applied to section anchors. The default\n\
2806value is 0.",
38f8b050
JR
2807 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2808
2809/* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol. */
2810DEFHOOK
2811(use_anchors_for_symbol_p,
673c2f63
JM
2812 "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\
2813@var{x}. You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\
2814@samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\
2815\n\
2816The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\
2817intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\
2818or target-specific sections.",
38f8b050
JR
2819 bool, (const_rtx x),
2820 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p)
2821
2f251a05
AI
2822/* True if target supports indirect functions. */
2823DEFHOOK
2824(has_ifunc_p,
2825 "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\
2826The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\
2827The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.",
2828 bool, (void),
2829 default_has_ifunc_p)
2830
38f8b050
JR
2831/* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified
2832 call expression EXP. DECL will be the called function, or NULL if
2833 this is an indirect call. */
2834DEFHOOK
2835(function_ok_for_sibcall,
5bd40ade 2836 "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\
673c2f63
JM
2837call expression @var{exp}. @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\
2838or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\
2839\n\
2840It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\
2841tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\
2842during PIC compilation. The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\
2843as the @code{sibcall} md pattern can not fail, or fall over to a\n\
2844``normal'' call. The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\
2845may vary greatly between different architectures.",
38f8b050
JR
2846 bool, (tree decl, tree exp),
2847 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
2848
2849/* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function
2850 FNDECL. The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top
2851 level, outside of any function scope. */
2852DEFHOOK
2853(set_current_function,
673c2f63
JM
2854 "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\
2855context (@code{cfun}). You can define this function if\n\
2856the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\
2857per-function basis. For example, it may be used to implement function\n\
2858attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\
2859The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\
2860and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\
2861and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\
2862The default hook function does nothing.\n\
2863\n\
2864GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\
2865some parts of the back end. The hook function is not invoked in this\n\
2866situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\
2867or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\
2868@code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\
2869outside of any function scope.",
38f8b050
JR
2870 void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree)
2871
2872/* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section. */
2873DEFHOOK
2874(in_small_data_p,
673c2f63
JM
2875 "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\
2876The default version of this hook always returns false.",
38f8b050
JR
2877 bool, (const_tree exp),
2878 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2879
2880/* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve
2881 to the current executable or shared library. */
2882DEFHOOK
2883(binds_local_p,
673c2f63
JM
2884 "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\
2885rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\
2886or executable image).\n\
2887\n\
2888The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\
2889for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\
2890currently supported object file formats.",
38f8b050
JR
2891 bool, (const_tree exp),
2892 default_binds_local_p)
2893
3c5273a9
KT
2894/* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue. */
2895DEFHOOK
2896(profile_before_prologue,
2897 "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\
2898The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\
2899@code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.",
2900 bool, (void),
2901 default_profile_before_prologue)
2902
d56a43a0
AK
2903/* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling
2904 enabled. */
2905DEFHOOK
2906(keep_leaf_when_profiled,
2907 "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\
2908 the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount. This might\
2909 make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\
2910 stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\
2911 mcount is generated before the function prologue.",
2912 bool, (void),
2913 default_keep_leaf_when_profiled)
2914
38f8b050
JR
2915/* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name,
2916 originally identified by ID, as required by the target,
2917 (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names).
2918 The default is to return ID without modification. */
2919DEFHOOK
2920(mangle_decl_assembler_name,
673c2f63
JM
2921 "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\
2922by target-independent code. The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\
2923the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\
2924or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++). The return value of the\n\
2925hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\
2926your target system. The default implementation of this hook just\n\
2927returns the @var{id} provided.",
38f8b050
JR
2928 tree, (tree decl, tree id),
2929 default_mangle_decl_assembler_name)
2930
2931/* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into
2932 the associated SYMBOL_REF. */
2933DEFHOOK
2934(encode_section_info,
673c2f63
JM
2935 "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\
2936treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\
2937function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\
2938\n\
2939The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\
2940@var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\
2941an entry in the constant pool. In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\
2942rtl in question. Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\
2943in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\
2944\n\
2945In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\
2946a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}. Most decls\n\
2947will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed. Global\n\
2948register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\
2949rtl. (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\
2950leave it alone.)\n\
2951\n\
2952The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\
2953that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl. It will\n\
2954be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\
2955declarations. Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\
2956declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\
2957@var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\
2958\n\
2959@cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
2960The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\
2961@code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
2962Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\
2963encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\
2964discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
2965\n\
2966The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\
2967in @file{varasm.c}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\
2968@code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. Check whether the default does what you need\n\
2969before overriding it.",
38f8b050
JR
2970 void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p),
2971 default_encode_section_info)
2972
2973/* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string. */
2974DEFHOOK
2975(strip_name_encoding,
673c2f63
JM
2976 "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\
2977the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
2978may have added.",
38f8b050
JR
2979 const char *, (const char *name),
2980 default_strip_name_encoding)
2981
2982/* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count,
2983 return the mask that they apply. Return 0 otherwise. */
2984DEFHOOK
2985(shift_truncation_mask,
673c2f63
JM
2986 "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\
2987deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\
2988@xref{shift patterns}.\n\
2989\n\
2990On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\
2991shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\
2992equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}. If\n\
2993this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\
2994otherwise it should return 0. A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\
2995particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\
2996\n\
2997Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\
2998@emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\
2999that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\
3000\n\
3001The default implementation of this function returns\n\
3002@code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\
3003and 0 otherwise. This definition is always safe, but if\n\
3004@code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\
3005nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\
3006by overriding it.",
ef4bddc2 3007 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3008 default_shift_truncation_mask)
3009
3010/* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present,
3011 so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by
3012 the reciprocal. */
3013DEFHOOK
3014(min_divisions_for_recip_mul,
673c2f63
JM
3015 "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\
3016divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\
3017the reciprocal. This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\
3018that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\
3019of mode @var{mode}. The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\
3020has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.",
ef4bddc2 3021 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3022 default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul)
3023
3024/* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are
3025 always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return
3026 SIGN_EXTEND. Return UNKNOWN otherwise. */
3027/* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not
3028 necessarily defined at this point. */
3029DEFHOOK
3030(mode_rep_extended,
673c2f63
JM
3031 "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\
3032are always extended to a wider integral mode. Return\n\
3033@code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\
3034sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}. Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3035otherwise. (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\
3036representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\
3037@code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\
3038@code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}. Also no target extends\n\
3039@var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\
3040widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\
3041\n\
3042Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3043value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\
3044as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\
3045@code{CANNOT_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns nonzero.\n\
3046\n\
3047Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\
3048describe two related properties. If you define\n\
3049@code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\
3050to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\
3051extension.\n\
3052\n\
3053In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\
3054@code{TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\
3055@code{mode}.",
ef4bddc2 3056 int, (machine_mode mode, machine_mode rep_mode),
38f8b050
JR
3057 default_mode_rep_extended)
3058
3059/* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))). */
3060DEFHOOK
3061(valid_pointer_mode,
673c2f63
JM
3062 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3063with machine mode @var{mode}. The default version of this\n\
3064hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.",
ef4bddc2 3065 bool, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3066 default_valid_pointer_mode)
3067
7352c013
RG
3068/* Disambiguate with errno. */
3069DEFHOOK
3070(ref_may_alias_errno,
3071 "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\
3072 may alias with the system C library errno location. The default\
3073 version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\
3074 is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\
3075 a pointer to int.",
84562394 3076 bool, (struct ao_ref *ref),
7352c013
RG
3077 default_ref_may_alias_errno)
3078
38f8b050
JR
3079/* Support for named address spaces. */
3080#undef HOOK_PREFIX
3081#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_"
3082HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space)
3083
3084/* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space. */
3085DEFHOOK
3086(pointer_mode,
673c2f63
JM
3087 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\
3088@var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3089The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode} for the\n\
3090generic address space only.",
ef4bddc2 3091 machine_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
38f8b050
JR
3092 default_addr_space_pointer_mode)
3093
3094/* MODE to use for an address in another address space. */
3095DEFHOOK
3096(address_mode,
673c2f63
JM
3097 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\
3098@var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3099The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode} for the\n\
3100generic address space only.",
ef4bddc2 3101 machine_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
38f8b050
JR
3102 default_addr_space_address_mode)
3103
3104/* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE")))
3105 in another address space. */
3106DEFHOOK
3107(valid_pointer_mode,
673c2f63
JM
3108 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3109with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3110hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\
3111except that it includes explicit named address space support. The default\n\
3112version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\
3113@code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\
3114target hooks for the given address space.",
ef4bddc2 3115 bool, (machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
38f8b050
JR
3116 default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode)
3117
3118/* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address
3119 space for a given mode. */
3120DEFHOOK
3121(legitimate_address_p,
673c2f63
JM
3122 "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\
3123@var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. The @var{strict}\n\
3124parameter says whether strict addressing is in effect after reload has\n\
3125finished. This target hook is the same as the\n\
3126@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\
3127explicit named address space support.",
ef4bddc2 3128 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as),
38f8b050
JR
3129 default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p)
3130
3131/* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named
3132 address space to a valid one. If NULL_RTX is returned use machine
3133 independent methods to make the address valid. */
3134DEFHOOK
3135(legitimize_address,
673c2f63
JM
3136 "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\
3137with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3138hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\
3139except that it includes explicit named address space support.",
ef4bddc2 3140 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
38f8b050
JR
3141 default_addr_space_legitimize_address)
3142
3143/* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */
3144DEFHOOK
3145(subset_p,
673c2f63
JM
3146 "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\
3147contained within the @var{superset} named address space. Pointers to\n\
3148a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\
3149will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\
3150arithmetic operations. Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\
3151converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.",
b5bcaa4a 3152 bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset),
38f8b050
JR
3153 default_addr_space_subset_p)
3154
3155/* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another. */
3156DEFHOOK
3157(convert,
673c2f63
JM
3158 "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\
3159@var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\
3160space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\
3161to a different named address space. When this hook it called, it is\n\
3162guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\
3163as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.",
38f8b050
JR
3164 rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type),
3165 default_addr_space_convert)
3166
3167HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space)
3168
3169#undef HOOK_PREFIX
3170#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
3171
3172/* True if MODE is valid for the target. By "valid", we mean able to
3173 be manipulated in non-trivial ways. In particular, this means all
3174 the arithmetic is supported. */
3175DEFHOOK
3176(scalar_mode_supported_p,
673c2f63
JM
3177 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3178insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}. For a scalar mode to be\n\
3179considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\
3180must work.\n\
3181\n\
3182The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\
3183required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\
3184Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\
3185code in @file{optabs.c}.",
ef4bddc2 3186 bool, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3187 default_scalar_mode_supported_p)
3188
3189/* Similarly for vector modes. "Supported" here is less strict. At
3190 least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins
3191 for further details. */
3192DEFHOOK
3193(vector_mode_supported_p,
673c2f63
JM
3194 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3195insns involving vector mode @var{mode}. At the very least, it\n\
3196must have move patterns for this mode.",
ef4bddc2 3197 bool, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3198 hook_bool_mode_false)
3199
5aea1e76
UW
3200DEFHOOK
3201(vector_alignment,
3202 "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\
3203@var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI. The default is to\n\
3204require natural alignment for vector types. The alignment returned by\n\
3205this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\
3206the vector element type.",
3207 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
3208 default_vector_alignment)
3209
0f6d54f7
RS
3210/* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array,
3211 overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit. */
3212DEFHOOK
3213(array_mode_supported_p,
3214 "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\
3215of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\
3216Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\
3217and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\
3218\n\
3219One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\
3220that operate on several homogeneous vectors. For example, ARM NEON\n\
3221has operations like:\n\
3222\n\
3223@smallexample\n\
3224int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\
3225@end smallexample\n\
3226\n\
3227where the return type is defined as:\n\
3228\n\
3229@smallexample\n\
3230typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\
3231@{\n\
3232 int8x8_t val[3];\n\
3233@} int8x8x3_t;\n\
3234@end smallexample\n\
3235\n\
3236If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\
3237@code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode. GCC can then store\n\
3238@code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.",
ef4bddc2 3239 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
0f6d54f7
RS
3240 hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false)
3241
8cc4b7a2
JM
3242DEFHOOK
3243(libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p,
3244 "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\
3245floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\
3246@code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}. The default version of this \n\
3247hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\
3248@code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.",
ef4bddc2 3249 bool, (machine_mode mode),
8cc4b7a2
JM
3250 default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p)
3251
38f8b050
JR
3252/* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of
3253 TO, using MODE. */
3254DEFHOOK
3255(register_move_cost,
673c2f63
JM
3256 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3257from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes\n\
3258are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\
3259A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\
3260that.\n\
3261\n\
3262It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\
3263same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\
3264registers if they are not general registers.\n\
3265\n\
3266If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\
3267hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\
3268classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\
3269constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\
3270allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this\n\
3271if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\
3272\n\
3273The default version of this function returns 2.",
ef4bddc2 3274 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to),
38f8b050
JR
3275 default_register_move_cost)
3276
3277/* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory. */
3278/* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL
3279 license grant. Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS. */
911852ff 3280DEFHOOK
38f8b050 3281(memory_move_cost,
673c2f63
JM
3282 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3283between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\
3284if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\
3285This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\
3286If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\
3287registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\
3288\n\
3289If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\
3290the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\
3291needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\
3292between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\
3293more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\
3294reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\
3295\n\
3296GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\
3297secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via\n\
3298a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a\n\
3299secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\
33004 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\
3301value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function\n\
3302are the same as to this target hook.",
ef4bddc2 3303 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in),
38f8b050
JR
3304 default_memory_move_cost)
3305
7cbed008
JG
3306DEFHOOK
3307(use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p,
3308 "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between\n\
3309two areas of memory, or to set, clear or store to memory, for example\n\
3310when copying a @code{struct}. The @code{by_pieces} infrastructure\n\
3311implements such memory operations as a sequence of load, store or move\n\
3312insns. Alternate strategies are to expand the\n\
3313@code{movmem} or @code{setmem} optabs, to emit a library call, or to emit\n\
3314unit-by-unit, loop-based operations.\n\
3315\n\
3316This target hook should return true if, for a memory operation with a\n\
3317given @var{size} and @var{alignment}, using the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3318infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.\n\
3319Both @var{size} and @var{alignment} are measured in terms of storage\n\
3320units.\n\
3321\n\
3322The parameter @var{op} is one of: @code{CLEAR_BY_PIECES},\n\
3323@code{MOVE_BY_PIECES}, @code{SET_BY_PIECES}, @code{STORE_BY_PIECES}.\n\
3324These describe the type of memory operation under consideration.\n\
3325\n\
3326The parameter @var{speed_p} is true if the code is currently being\n\
3327optimized for speed rather than size.\n\
3328\n\
3329Returning true for higher values of @var{size} can improve code generation\n\
3330for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the\n\
3331@code{movmem} or @code{setmem} standard names, if the @code{movmem} or\n\
3332@code{setmem} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of\n\
3333insns, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of\n\
3334the body of the memory operation.\n\
3335\n\
3336Returning true for higher values of @code{size} may also cause an increase\n\
3337in code size, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a\n\
3338move would be greater than that of a library call.",
445d7826 3339 bool, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int alignment,
7cbed008
JG
3340 enum by_pieces_operation op, bool speed_p),
3341 default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p)
3342
38f8b050
JR
3343/* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will
3344 be allocated to registers in a small register class. The compiler is
3345 allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers
3346 but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers. */
3347DEFHOOK
3348(small_register_classes_for_mode_p,
673c2f63
JM
3349 "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\
3350small register classes. If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\
3351@var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\
3352in @var{mode}. The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\
3353In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\
3354for any mode.\n\
3355\n\
3356On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\
3357insns. Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\
3358to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\
3359if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\
3360insn.\n\
3361\n\
3362Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\
3363in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\
3364the instruction are already known. And for some machines, register\n\
3365classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\
3366registers. For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\
3367registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\
3368SSE registers for floating point operations. On such targets, a good\n\
3369strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\
3370machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\
3371\n\
3372The default version of this hook returns false for any mode. It is always\n\
3373safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value. But if you\n\
3374unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\
3375that can be performed in some cases. If you do not define this hook\n\
3376to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\
3377of spill registers and print a fatal error message.",
ef4bddc2 3378 bool, (machine_mode mode),
38f8b050
JR
3379 hook_bool_mode_false)
3380
e692f276
RH
3381/* Register number for a flags register. Only needs to be defined if the
3382 target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination. */
3383DEFHOOKPOD
3384(flags_regnum,
3385 "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\
3386 post-reload comparison elimination pass, then this value should be set\
3387 appropriately.",
3388 unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM)
3389
38f8b050
JR
3390/* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete
3391 cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be
3392 scanned. In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result. */
3393/* Note that CODE and OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's
3394 not necessarily defined at this point. */
3395DEFHOOK
3396(rtx_costs,
673c2f63
JM
3397 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\
3398\n\
3399The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\
3400available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\
3401as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\
3402That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\
3403that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\
3404either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\
3405(b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\
3406\n\
3407@var{code} is @var{x}'s expression code---redundant, since it can be\n\
3408obtained with @code{GET_CODE (@var{x})}.\n\
3409\n\
3410In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3411@code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3412instructions.\n\
3413\n\
3414On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\
3415for the cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as\n\
3416necessary. Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\
3417for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\
3418operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\
3419\n\
3420When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3421false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3422size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\
3423\n\
3424The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\
3425processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.",
68f932c4
RS
3426 bool, (rtx x, int code, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed),
3427 hook_bool_rtx_int_int_int_intp_bool_false)
38f8b050
JR
3428
3429/* Compute the cost of X, used as an address. Never called with
3430 invalid addresses. */
3431DEFHOOK
3432(address_cost,
673c2f63
JM
3433 "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\
3434@var{address}. If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\
3435the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\
3436\n\
3437For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\
3438true cost of the addressing mode. However, on RISC machines, all\n\
3439instructions normally have the same length and execution time. Hence\n\
3440all addresses will have equal costs.\n\
3441\n\
3442In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\
3443the lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\
3444cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\
3445\n\
3446For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\
3447and a constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro\n\
3448is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\
3449references will be indirect through that register. On machines where\n\
3450the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\
3451that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\
3452instruction and possibly require an additional register. Proper\n\
3453specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\
3454\n\
3455This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\
3456\n\
3457On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\
3458cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\
3459@code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\
3460be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\
3461@code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner. This effect\n\
3462should be considered in the definition of this macro. Equivalent costs\n\
3463should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\
3464registers on machines with lots of registers.",
ef4bddc2 3465 int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed),
38f8b050
JR
3466 default_address_cost)
3467
3468/* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value. */
3469DEFHOOK
3470(allocate_initial_value,
673c2f63
JM
3471 "\n\
3472When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\
3473register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\
3474to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\
3475it has been saved into can be used. @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\
3476is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\
3477that had its initial value copied by using\n\
3478@code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\
3479Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want\n\
3480to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\
3481the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\
3482@code{MEM}.\n\
3483If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\
3484it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\
3485You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\
3486@code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\
3487register in question will not be clobbered.\n\
3488The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\
3489allocation.",
38f8b050
JR
3490 rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL)
3491
c84a808e 3492/* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap.
38f8b050
JR
3493 FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.c: may_trap_p_1. */
3494DEFHOOK
3495(unspec_may_trap_p,
673c2f63
JM
3496 "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\
3497@code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap. Targets can use\n\
3498this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\
3499@code{unspec_volatile} operations. You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\
3500to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\
3501passed along.",
38f8b050
JR
3502 int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
3503 default_unspec_may_trap_p)
3504
3505/* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers
3506 to represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook
3507 if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in
3508 non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be
3509 represented in more than one register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this
3510 hook should return NULL_RTX. */
3511DEFHOOK
3512(dwarf_register_span,
673c2f63
JM
3513 "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\
3514represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook if the\n\
3515register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\
3516locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\
3517register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\
3518If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.",
38f8b050
JR
3519 rtx, (rtx reg),
3520 hook_rtx_rtx_null)
3521
ff050c66
MF
3522/* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame
3523 register. */
3524DEFHOOK
3525(dwarf_frame_reg_mode,
3526 "Given a register, this hook should return the mode which the\n\
3527corresponding Dwarf frame register should have. This is normally\n\
3528used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call\n\
3529clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size",
ef4bddc2 3530 machine_mode, (int regno),
ff050c66
MF
3531 default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode)
3532
38f8b050
JR
3533/* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table
3534 entries not corresponding directly to registers below
3535 FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary
3536 code, given the address of the table. */
3537DEFHOOK
3538(init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra,
673c2f63
JM
3539 "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\
3540multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\
3541sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\
3542It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\
3543filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\
3544@var{address} is the address of the table.",
38f8b050
JR
3545 void, (tree address),
3546 hook_void_tree)
3547
3548/* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for
3549 targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to
3550 the condition codes. This should return true if there is such a
3551 register, false otherwise. The arguments should be set to the
3552 fixed register numbers. Up to two condition code registers are
3553 supported. If there is only one for this target, the int pointed
3554 at by the second argument should be set to -1. */
3555DEFHOOK
3556(fixed_condition_code_regs,
673c2f63
JM
3557 "On targets which do not use @code{(cc0)}, and which use a hard\n\
3558register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\
3559regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\
3560hard register is set to a common value. Use this hook to enable a\n\
3561small pass which optimizes such cases. This hook should return true\n\
3562to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\
3563arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\
3564When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\
3565integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\
3566@code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\
3567\n\
3568The default version of this hook returns false.",
38f8b050
JR
3569 bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2),
3570 hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false)
3571
3572/* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition
3573 code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison
3574 done in the returned mode will work for both of the original
3575 modes. If the condition code modes are not compatible, return
3576 VOIDmode. */
3577DEFHOOK
3578(cc_modes_compatible,
673c2f63
JM
3579 "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\
3580@code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\
3581validly done in more than one mode. On such a system, define this\n\
3582target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\
3583both comparisons may be validly done. If there is no such mode,\n\
3584return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\
3585\n\
3586The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\
3587same. If they are, it returns that mode. If they are different, it\n\
3588returns @code{VOIDmode}.",
ef4bddc2 3589 machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2),
38f8b050
JR
3590 default_cc_modes_compatible)
3591
3592/* Do machine-dependent code transformations. Called just before
3593 delayed-branch scheduling. */
3594DEFHOOK
3595(machine_dependent_reorg,
673c2f63
JM
3596 "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\
3597instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\
3598just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\
3599\n\
3600The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some use\n\
3601it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\
3602laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\
3603Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\
3604\n\
3605You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The default\n\
3606definition is null.",
38f8b050
JR
3607 void, (void), NULL)
3608
3609/* Create the __builtin_va_list type. */
3610DEFHOOK
3611(build_builtin_va_list,
673c2f63
JM
3612 "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\
3613The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.",
38f8b050
JR
3614 tree, (void),
3615 std_build_builtin_va_list)
3616
3617/* Enumerate the va list variants. */
07a5b2bc 3618DEFHOOK
38f8b050 3619(enum_va_list_p,
673c2f63
JM
3620 "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\
3621to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\
3622variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\
3623to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\
3624variable.\n\
3625The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\
3626this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\
3627internal type.\n\
3628If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\
3629Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\
3630macro to iterate through all types.",
38f8b050
JR
3631 int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree),
3632 NULL)
3633
3634/* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type. */
3635DEFHOOK
3636(fn_abi_va_list,
673c2f63
JM
3637 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\
3638@var{fndecl}.\n\
3639The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.",
38f8b050
JR
3640 tree, (tree fndecl),
3641 std_fn_abi_va_list)
3642
3643/* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type. */
3644DEFHOOK
3645(canonical_va_list_type,
673c2f63
JM
3646 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\
3647type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\
3648@code{NULL_TREE}.",
38f8b050
JR
3649 tree, (tree type),
3650 std_canonical_va_list_type)
3651
3652/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
3653DEFHOOK_UNDOC
3654(expand_builtin_va_start,
3655"Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.",
3656 void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL)
3657
3658/* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR. */
3659DEFHOOK
3660(gimplify_va_arg_expr,
673c2f63
JM
3661 "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\
3662@code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. The first two parameters correspond to the\n\
3663arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\
3664@code{gimplify.c:gimplify_expr}.",
38f8b050
JR
3665 tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p),
3666 std_gimplify_va_arg_expr)
3667
3668/* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific.
3669 get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored,
3670 and stores the size in its argument. pch_valid_p gets the same
3671 information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid,
3672 or an error message if not. */
3673DEFHOOK
3674(get_pch_validity,
673c2f63
JM
3675 "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\
3676@code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\
3677@samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.",
38f8b050
JR
3678 void *, (size_t *sz),
3679 default_get_pch_validity)
3680
3681DEFHOOK
3682(pch_valid_p,
673c2f63
JM
3683 "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\
3684compatible with the current settings. It returns @code{NULL}\n\
3685if so and a suitable error message if not. Error messages will\n\
3686be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\
3687\n\
3688@var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\
3689when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\
3690It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\
3691compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\
3692\n\
3693The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\
3694suitable for most targets.",
38f8b050
JR
3695 const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz),
3696 default_pch_valid_p)
3697
e32ea2d1
RS
3698DEFHOOK
3699(prepare_pch_save,
3700 "Called before writing out a PCH file. If the target has some\n\
3701garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\
3702it can use this hook to enforce that state. Very few targets need\n\
3703to do anything here.",
3704 void, (void),
3705 hook_void_void)
3706
38f8b050
JR
3707/* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the
3708 given set of target flags can be used. It returns NULL if so,
3709 otherwise it returns an error message. */
3710DEFHOOK
3711(check_pch_target_flags,
673c2f63
JM
3712 "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\
3713@code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\
3714of @code{target_flags}. @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\
3715@code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created. The return\n\
3716value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.",
38f8b050
JR
3717 const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL)
3718
3719/* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many
3720 bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of
3721 that type. */
3722DEFHOOK
3723(default_short_enums,
673c2f63
JM
3724 "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\
3725@code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\
3726of possible values of that type. It should return false if all\n\
3727@code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\
3728\n\
3729The default is to return false.",
38f8b050
JR
3730 bool, (void),
3731 hook_bool_void_false)
3732
3733/* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address
3734 of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer. */
3735DEFHOOK
3736(builtin_setjmp_frame_value,
673c2f63
JM
3737 "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\
3738the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\
3739The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\
3740machines. One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\
3741@code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.",
38f8b050
JR
3742 rtx, (void),
3743 default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value)
3744
7ca35180
RH
3745/* This target hook should manipulate the outputs, inputs, constraints,
3746 and clobbers the port wishes for pre-processing the asm. */
3747DEFHOOK
3748(md_asm_adjust,
3749 "This target hook may add @dfn{clobbers} to @var{clobbers} and\n\
3750@var{clobbered_regs} for any hard regs the port wishes to automatically\n\
3751clobber for an asm. The @var{outputs} and @var{inputs} may be inspected\n\
3752to avoid clobbering a register that is already used by the asm.\n\
3753\n\
3754It may modify the @var{outputs}, @var{inputs}, and @var{constraints}\n\
3755as necessary for other pre-processing. In this case the return value is\n\
3756a sequence of insns to emit after the asm.",
3757 rtx_insn *,
3758 (vec<rtx>& outputs, vec<rtx>& inputs, vec<const char *>& constraints,
3759 vec<rtx>& clobbers, HARD_REG_SET& clobbered_regs),
3760 NULL)
38f8b050
JR
3761
3762/* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention
3763 in the debug information. This function actually returns an
3764 enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations
3765 and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included
3766 the function is being declared as an int. */
3767DEFHOOK
3768(dwarf_calling_convention,
673c2f63
JM
3769 "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\
3770be emitted for each function. Instead of an integer return the enum\n\
3771value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.",
38f8b050
JR
3772 int, (const_tree function),
3773 hook_int_const_tree_0)
3774
3775/* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that
3776 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The call frame debugging info
3777 engine will invoke it on insns of the form
3778 (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX))
3779 and
3780 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX))
3781 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. */
3782DEFHOOK
3783(dwarf_handle_frame_unspec,
673c2f63
JM
3784 "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\
3785contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\
3786info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\
3787@smallexample\n\
3788(set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\
3789@end smallexample\n\
3790and\n\
3791@smallexample\n\
3792(set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\
3793@end smallexample\n\
3794to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. @var{label} is\n\
3795the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\
3796the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.",
38f8b050
JR
3797 void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL)
3798
3799/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
3800DEFHOOK_UNDOC
3801(stdarg_optimize_hook,
3802"Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\
3803 from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. @var{stmt} is the statement. Returns true if\
3804 the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.",
3805 bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const_gimple stmt), NULL)
3806
3807/* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL
3808 that represents the external variable that contains the stack
3809 protection guard variable. The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node. */
3810DEFHOOK
3811(stack_protect_guard,
673c2f63
JM
3812 "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\
3813for the stack protection guard. This variable is initialized by the\n\
3814runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\
3815that is placed at the top of the local stack frame. The type of this\n\
3816variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\
3817\n\
3818The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\
3819@samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
38f8b050
JR
3820 tree, (void),
3821 default_stack_protect_guard)
3822
3823/* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR
3824 that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails. */
3825DEFHOOK
3826(stack_protect_fail,
673c2f63
JM
3827 "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\
3828stack protect guard variable has been modified. This expression should\n\
3829involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\
3830\n\
3831The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\
3832@samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments. This function is\n\
3833normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
38f8b050
JR
3834 tree, (void),
3835 default_external_stack_protect_fail)
3836
1d0216c8
RS
3837DEFHOOK
3838(can_use_doloop_p,
3839 "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\
3840and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop. @var{iterations} gives the\n\
3841exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{iterations_max} gives\n\
3842the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{loop_depth} is\n\
3843the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\
3844contain innermost loops, and so on. @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\
3845loop is only entered from the top.\n\
3846\n\
3847This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available. The default\n\
3848implementation returns true. You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\
3849if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.",
807e902e 3850 bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max,
1d0216c8 3851 unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top),
807e902e 3852 hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true)
1d0216c8 3853
38f8b050
JR
3854/* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block,
3855 otherwise it returns an error message. */
3856DEFHOOK
3857(invalid_within_doloop,
673c2f63
JM
3858 "\n\
3859Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\
3860low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\
3861could not be applied.\n\
3862\n\
3863Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\
3864instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\
3865the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\
3866By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\
3867loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.",
ac44248e 3868 const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn),
38f8b050
JR
3869 default_invalid_within_doloop)
3870
78e4f1ad
UB
3871/* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn. */
3872DEFHOOK
3873(legitimate_combined_insn,
3874"Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\
3875 is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions. The\
3876 default is to accept all instructions.",
ac44248e
DM
3877 bool, (rtx_insn *insn),
3878 hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
78e4f1ad 3879
38f8b050
JR
3880DEFHOOK
3881(valid_dllimport_attribute_p,
3882"@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\
3883 specified. Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\
3884 checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.",
3885 bool, (const_tree decl),
3886 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
3887
3888/* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this
3889 value. */
3890DEFHOOKPOD
3891(const_anchor,
673c2f63
JM
3892 "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\
3893a constant. If there is another constant already in a register that\n\
3894is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\
3895is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\
3896subtraction. We accomplish this through CSE. Besides the value of\n\
3897the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\
3898available expressions. These are then queried when encountering new\n\
3899constants. The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\
3900down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\
3901@code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\
3902accepted by immediate-add plus one. We currently assume that the\n\
3903value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2. For example, on\n\
3904MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\
3905@code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}. The default value\n\
3906is zero, which disables this optimization.",
38f8b050
JR
3907 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
3908
5dcfdccd
KY
3909/* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port */
3910DEFHOOK
3911(memmodel_check,
673c2f63
JM
3912 "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\
3913memory model bits are allowed.",
5dcfdccd
KY
3914 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL)
3915
dfe06d3e
JJ
3916/* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding
3917 Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not
3918 supported by the target. */
3919DEFHOOK
3920(asan_shadow_offset,
3921 "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\
3922Address Sanitizer shadow memory address. NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\
3923supported by the target.",
3924 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
3925 NULL)
3926
38f8b050
JR
3927/* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc. */
3928/* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix. */
3929HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls)
3930
3931DEFHOOK
3932(promote_function_mode,
673c2f63
JM
3933 "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\
3934function return values. The target hook should return the new mode\n\
3935and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\
3936change signedness. This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\
3937pointer} types.\n\
3938\n\
3939@var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\
3940return values. If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\
3941@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\
3942If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\
3943which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\
3944then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\
3945the signedness may be different.\n\
3946\n\
3947@var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\
3948\n\
3949The default is to not promote arguments and return values. You can\n\
3950also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\
3951if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.",
ef4bddc2 3952 machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp,
38f8b050
JR
3953 const_tree funtype, int for_return),
3954 default_promote_function_mode)
3955
3956DEFHOOK
3957(promote_prototypes,
673c2f63
JM
3958 "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\
3959prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\
3960passed as an @code{int}. In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\
3961cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\
3962The default is to not promote prototypes.",
38f8b050
JR
3963 bool, (const_tree fntype),
3964 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
3965
3966DEFHOOK
3967(struct_value_rtx,
673c2f63
JM
3968 "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\
3969address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\
3970passed as an ``invisible'' first argument. Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\
3971be @code{NULL}, for libcalls. You do not need to define this target\n\
3972hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\
3973argument.\n\
3974\n\
3975On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\
3976is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\
3977caller put it. This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\
3978be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\
3979@var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\
3980the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\
3981the caller.\n\
3982\n\
3983If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\
3984stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\
3985@var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\
3986structure value address at the beginning of a function. If you need\n\
3987to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.",
38f8b050
JR
3988 rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming),
3989 hook_rtx_tree_int_null)
e0d14c39
BS
3990
3991DEFHOOKPOD
3992(omit_struct_return_reg,
3993 "Normally, when a function returns a structure by memory, the address\n\
3994is passed as an invisible pointer argument, but the compiler also\n\
3995arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal\n\
3996pointer return value. Define this to true if that behaviour is\n\
3997undesirable on your target.",
3998 bool, false)
3999
38f8b050
JR
4000DEFHOOK
4001(return_in_memory,
673c2f63
JM
4002 "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\
4003function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\
4004Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\
4005will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\
4006libcalls.\n\
4007\n\
4008Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\
4009by this function. Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\
4010takes effect regardless of this macro. On most systems, it is\n\
4011possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\
4012definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\
4013values, and 0 otherwise.\n\
4014\n\
4015Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\
4016be returned in memory. You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\
4017to indicate this.",
38f8b050
JR
4018 bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype),
4019 default_return_in_memory)
4020
4021DEFHOOK
4022(return_in_msb,
673c2f63
JM
4023 "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\
4024at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\
4025padded at the least significant end). You can assume that @var{type}\n\
4026is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\
4027\n\
4028Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\
4029be able to hold the complete return value. For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\
4030or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\
40314-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\
4032@code{SImode} rtx.",
38f8b050
JR
4033 bool, (const_tree type),
4034 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4035
4036/* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference. TYPE may
4037 be null if this is a libcall. CA may be null if this query is
4038 from __builtin_va_arg. */
ec9f85e5 4039DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4040(pass_by_reference,
673c2f63
JM
4041 "This target hook should return @code{true} if an argument at the\n\
4042position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference. This\n\
4043predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\
4044passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type)}.\n\
4045\n\
4046If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\
4047pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\
4048The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\
4049to that type.",
38f8b050 4050 bool,
ef4bddc2 4051 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
38f8b050
JR
4052 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4053
4054DEFHOOK
4055(expand_builtin_saveregs,
673c2f63
JM
4056 "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\
4057@code{__builtin_saveregs}. This code will be moved to the very\n\
4058beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made. The\n\
4059return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\
4060to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.",
38f8b050
JR
4061 rtx, (void),
4062 default_expand_builtin_saveregs)
4063
4064/* Returns pretend_argument_size. */
4065DEFHOOK
4066(setup_incoming_varargs,
673c2f63
JM
4067 "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\
4068@code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\
4069@code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. Use it to store the anonymous\n\
4070register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\
4071have been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can\n\
4072use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\
4073pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\
4074\n\
4075The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\
4076structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\
4077named arguments. The arguments @var{mode} and @var{type} describe the\n\
4078last named argument---its machine mode and its data type as a tree node.\n\
4079\n\
4080The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\
4081argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\
4082store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\
4083variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}. The value that you\n\
4084store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\
4085frame.\n\
4086\n\
4087Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\
4088compile time without knowing their data types,\n\
4089@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\
4090have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\
4091for all data types.\n\
4092\n\
4093If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\
4094arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time. This\n\
4095happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\
4096end of the source file. The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\
4097not generate any instructions in this case.",
ef4bddc2 4098 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type,
38f8b050
JR
4099 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4100 default_setup_incoming_varargs)
4101
d5e254e1
IE
4102DEFHOOK
4103(load_bounds_for_arg,
4104 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds of\n\
4105@var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4106bounds of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4107memory, then bounds are loaded as for regular pointer loaded from\n\
4108memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4109constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4110should be used to obtain bounds. Hook returns RTX holding loaded bounds.",
4111 rtx, (rtx slot, rtx arg, rtx slot_no),
4112 default_load_bounds_for_arg)
4113
4114DEFHOOK
4115(store_bounds_for_arg,
4116 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insns to store @var{bounds} of\n\
4117@var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4118@var{bounds} of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4119memory, then @var{bounds} are stored as for regular pointer stored in\n\
4120memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4121constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4122should be used to store @var{bounds}.",
4123 void, (rtx arg, rtx slot, rtx bounds, rtx slot_no),
4124 default_store_bounds_for_arg)
4125
4126DEFHOOK
4127(load_returned_bounds,
4128 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds\n\
4129returned by function call in @var{slot}. Hook returns RTX holding\n\
4130loaded bounds.",
4131 rtx, (rtx slot),
4132 default_load_returned_bounds)
4133
4134DEFHOOK
4135(store_returned_bounds,
4136 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to store @var{bounds}\n\
4137returned by function call into @var{slot}.",
4138 void, (rtx slot, rtx bounds),
4139 default_store_returned_bounds)
4140
4141DEFHOOK
4142(setup_incoming_vararg_bounds,
4143 "Use it to store bounds for anonymous register arguments stored\n\
4144into the stack. Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
4145@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}.",
4146 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, enum machine_mode mode, tree type,
4147 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4148 default_setup_incoming_vararg_bounds)
4149
2f21e1ba
BS
4150DEFHOOK
4151(call_args,
4152 "While generating RTL for a function call, this target hook is invoked once\n\
4153for each argument passed to the function, either a register returned by\n\
4154@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} or a memory location. It is called just\n\
4155before the point where argument registers are stored. The type of the\n\
4156function to be called is also passed as the second argument; it is\n\
4157@code{NULL_TREE} for libcalls. The @code{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS} hook is\n\
4158invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.\n\
4159This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument\n\
4160registers if a target needs it.\n\
4161For functions without arguments, the hook is called once with @code{pc_rtx}\n\
4162passed instead of an argument register.\n\
4163Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4164 void, (rtx, tree),
4165 hook_void_rtx_tree)
4166
4167DEFHOOK
4168(end_call_args,
4169 "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call,\n\
4170just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo. It\n\
4171signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just\n\
4172emitted call are now no longer in use.\n\
4173Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4174 void, (void),
4175 hook_void_void)
4176
38f8b050
JR
4177DEFHOOK
4178(strict_argument_naming,
673c2f63
JM
4179 "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\
4180argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\
4181\n\
4182This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4183is set for varargs and stdarg functions. If this hook returns\n\
4184@code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\
4185arguments, and false for unnamed arguments. If it returns @code{false},\n\
4186but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\
4187then all arguments are treated as named. Otherwise, all named arguments\n\
4188except the last are treated as named.\n\
4189\n\
4190You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.",
d5cc9181 4191 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
38f8b050
JR
4192 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false)
4193
4194/* Returns true if we should use
4195 targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or
4196 targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming(). */
4197DEFHOOK
4198(pretend_outgoing_varargs_named,
673c2f63
JM
4199 "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\
4200@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\
4201@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\
4202defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\
4203@code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\
4204Otherwise, you should not define this hook.",
d5cc9181 4205 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
38f8b050
JR
4206 default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named)
4207
4208/* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T
4209 should be passed as two scalars. */
4210DEFHOOK
4211(split_complex_arg,
673c2f63
JM
4212 "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\
4213as two scalar parameters. By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\
4214arguments into the target's word size. Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\
4215to be split and treated as their individual components. For example, on\n\
4216AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\
4217registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\
4218point register.\n\
4219\n\
4220The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\
4221false.",
38f8b050
JR
4222 bool, (const_tree type), NULL)
4223
4224/* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers,
4225 but must be passed on the stack. */
4226/* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference.
4227 Need audit to verify that this is the case. */
4228DEFHOOK
4229(must_pass_in_stack,
673c2f63
JM
4230 "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{type}\n\
4231solely in registers. The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\
4232definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\
4233documentation.",
ef4bddc2 4234 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
38f8b050
JR
4235 must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad)
4236
4237/* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference,
4238 should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than
4239 the caller. It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors. */
4240DEFHOOK
4241(callee_copies,
673c2f63
JM
4242 "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\
4243known to be passed by reference. The hook should return true if the\n\
4244function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\
4245by the caller.\n\
4246\n\
4247For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\
4248determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\
4249not be generated.\n\
4250\n\
4251The default version of this hook always returns false.",
38f8b050 4252 bool,
ef4bddc2 4253 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
38f8b050
JR
4254 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4255
4256/* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely
4257 in registers. If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed
4258 in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack. */
4259DEFHOOK
4260(arg_partial_bytes,
673c2f63
JM
4261 "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\
4262argument that must be put in registers. The value must be zero for\n\
4263arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\
4264pushed on the stack.\n\
4265\n\
4266On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\
4267registers and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the\n\
4268first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\
4269on the stack. If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\
4270structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\
4271in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the\n\
4272compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\
4273\n\
4274@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\
4275register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\
4276@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.",
ef4bddc2 4277 int, (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, tree type, bool named),
38f8b050
JR
4278 hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_0)
4279
4280/* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the
4281 argument list. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4282 argument. */
b25b9e8f 4283DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4284(function_arg_advance,
673c2f63
JM
4285 "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\
4286advance past an argument in the argument list. The values @var{mode},\n\
4287@var{type} and @var{named} describe that argument. Once this is done,\n\
4288the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\
4289argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\
4290\n\
4291This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\
4292on the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\
4293used for arguments without any special help.",
38f8b050 4294 void,
ef4bddc2 4295 (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
38f8b050
JR
4296 default_function_arg_advance)
4297
4298/* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should
4299 be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the
4300 argument. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4301 argument. */
b25b9e8f 4302DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4303(function_arg,
673c2f63
JM
4304 "Return an RTX indicating whether a function argument is passed in a\n\
4305register and if so, which register.\n\
4306\n\
4307The arguments are @var{ca}, which summarizes all the previous\n\
4308arguments; @var{mode}, the machine mode of the argument; @var{type},\n\
4309the data type of the argument as a tree node or 0 if that is not known\n\
4310(which happens for C support library functions); and @var{named},\n\
4311which is @code{true} for an ordinary argument and @code{false} for\n\
4312nameless arguments that correspond to @samp{@dots{}} in the called\n\
4313function's prototype. @var{type} can be an incomplete type if a\n\
4314syntax error has previously occurred.\n\
4315\n\
4316The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4317register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\
4318on the stack.\n\
4319\n\
d5e254e1
IE
4320The return value can be a @code{const_int} which means argument is\n\
4321passed in a target specific slot with specified number. Target hooks\n\
4322should be used to store or load argument in such case. See\n\
4323@code{TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG} and @code{TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG}\n\
4324for more information.\n\
4325\n\
673c2f63
JM
4326The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@. This is\n\
4327used when an argument is passed in multiple locations. The mode of the\n\
4328@code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument. The\n\
4329@code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\
4330describes where part of the argument is passed. In each\n\
4331@code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4332register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\
4333register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is. The\n\
4334second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\
4335the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\
4336As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\
4337RTX may have a first operand of zero. This indicates that the entire\n\
4338argument is also stored on the stack.\n\
4339\n\
4340The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\
4341VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\
4342pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\
4343\n\
4344@cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\
4345The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\
4346machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\
4347cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is\n\
4348done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\
4349@var{named} is @code{false}.\n\
4350\n\
4351@cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4352@cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4353You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\
4354in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\
4355type that must be passed in the stack. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\
4356is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\
4357argument, the compiler will abort. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\
4358defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\
4359a register.",
ef4bddc2 4360 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
38f8b050
JR
4361 bool named),
4362 default_function_arg)
4363
4364/* Likewise, but for machines with register windows. Return the
4365 location where the argument will appear to the callee. */
b25b9e8f 4366DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4367(function_incoming_arg,
673c2f63
JM
4368 "Define this hook if the target machine has ``register windows'', so\n\
4369that the register in which a function sees an arguments is not\n\
4370necessarily the same as the one in which the caller passed the\n\
4371argument.\n\
4372\n\
4373For such machines, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\
4374which the caller passes the value, and\n\
4375@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\
4376fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\
4377arrive.\n\
4378\n\
4379If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\
4380@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.",
ef4bddc2 4381 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
38f8b050
JR
4382 bool named),
4383 default_function_incoming_arg)
4384
c2ed6cf8
NF
4385DEFHOOK
4386(function_arg_boundary,
673c2f63
JM
4387 "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\
4388with the specified mode and type. The default hook returns\n\
4389@code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.",
ef4bddc2 4390 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
c2ed6cf8
NF
4391 default_function_arg_boundary)
4392
123148b5
BS
4393DEFHOOK
4394(function_arg_round_boundary,
4395 "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\
4396which is the default value for this hook. You can define this hook to\n\
4397return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\
4398value.",
ef4bddc2 4399 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
123148b5
BS
4400 default_function_arg_round_boundary)
4401
38f8b050
JR
4402/* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype
4403 is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */
4404DEFHOOK
4405(invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn,
673c2f63
JM
4406 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4407illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\
4408with prototype @var{typelist}.",
38f8b050
JR
4409 const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val),
4410 hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn)
4411
4412/* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function
4413 specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE. */
4414DEFHOOK
4415(function_value,
673c2f63
JM
4416 "\n\
4417Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4418returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\
4419representing a data type. @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\
4420representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\
4421function being called. If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\
4422compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\
4423Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\
4424a function returns a value.\n\
4425\n\
4426On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\
4427(Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\
4428place regardless of mode.) The value of the expression is usually a\n\
4429@code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\
4430The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\
4431multiple places. See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\
4432@code{parallel} form. Note that the callee will populate every\n\
4433location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\
4434the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\
4435that element as the canonical location and ignore the others. The m68k\n\
4436port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\
4437@samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\
4438\n\
4439If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\
4440the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\
4441@var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\
4442\n\
4443If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\
4444node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\
4445pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\
4446convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\
4447known.\n\
4448\n\
4449Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\
4450which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\
4451the caller sees the value. For such machines, you should return\n\
4452different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\
4453\n\
4454@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\
4455aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way. See\n\
4456@code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.",
38f8b050
JR
4457 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4458 default_function_value)
4459
d5e254e1
IE
4460/* Return the rtx for bounds of returned pointer. */
4461DEFHOOK
4462(chkp_function_value_bounds,
4463 "Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4464returns bounds for returned pointers. Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
4465@code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE}.",
4466 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4467 default_chkp_function_value_bounds)
4468
38f8b050
JR
4469/* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE,
4470 calling the function FN_NAME. */
4471DEFHOOK
4472(libcall_value,
673c2f63
JM
4473 "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\
4474function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\
4475\n\
4476The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\
4477library function is given by @var{fun}. The hook should return an RTX\n\
4478representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\
4479\n\
4480If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.",
ef4bddc2 4481 rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun),
38f8b050
JR
4482 default_libcall_value)
4483
4484/* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for
4485 a function value as seen by the caller. */
4486DEFHOOK
4487(function_value_regno_p,
673c2f63
JM
4488 "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\
4489register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\
4490\n\
4491A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\
4492second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\
4493recognized by this target hook.\n\
4494\n\
4495If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\
4496function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\
4497should recognize only the caller's register numbers.\n\
4498\n\
4499If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.",
38f8b050
JR
4500 bool, (const unsigned int regno),
4501 default_function_value_regno_p)
4502
4503/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4504DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4505(internal_arg_pointer,
4506"Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\
4507 current function.",
4508 rtx, (void),
4509 default_internal_arg_pointer)
4510
4511/* Update the current function stack boundary if needed. */
4512DEFHOOK
4513(update_stack_boundary,
673c2f63
JM
4514 "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\
4515necessary.",
38f8b050
JR
4516 void, (void), NULL)
4517
4518/* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign
4519 Argument Pointer if necessary. */
4520DEFHOOK
4521(get_drap_rtx,
673c2f63
JM
4522 "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\
4523different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's\n\
4524argument list due to stack realignment. Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\
4525is needed.",
38f8b050
JR
4526 rtx, (void), NULL)
4527
4528/* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the
4529 stack. */
4530DEFHOOK
4531(allocate_stack_slots_for_args,
673c2f63
JM
4532 "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\
4533arguments should be allocated to stack slots. Normally, GCC allocates\n\
4534stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\
4535debugging easier. However, when a function is declared with\n\
4536@code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\
4537cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\
4538to the stack. Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\
4539false for naked functions. The default implementation always returns true.",
38f8b050
JR
4540 bool, (void),
4541 hook_bool_void_true)
4542
c21df29b
RH
4543/* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE. If INCOMING_P
4544 is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller. */
38f8b050
JR
4545DEFHOOK
4546(static_chain,
673c2f63
JM
4547 "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\
4548targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\
4549nested functions. This may be required if the target has function\n\
4550attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\
4551those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\
4552\n\
4553The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\
4554\n\
4555If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\
4556provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\
4557Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\
4558from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\
4559will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\
4560@findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\
4561@findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\
4562@findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\
4563The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\
4564@code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\
4565to refer to those items.",
c21df29b 4566 rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p),
38f8b050
JR
4567 default_static_chain)
4568
4569/* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a
4570 static chain value of CHAIN. */
4571DEFHOOK
4572(trampoline_init,
673c2f63
JM
4573 "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\
4574@var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\
4575is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\
4576RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\
4577when it is called.\n\
4578\n\
4579If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\
4580first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\
4581from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\
4582Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\
4583trampoline. If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\
4584to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\
4585\n\
4586If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches or\n\
4587enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\
4588initializing the trampoline proper.",
38f8b050
JR
4589 void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain),
4590 default_trampoline_init)
4591
4592/* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way. */
4593DEFHOOK
4594(trampoline_adjust_address,
673c2f63
JM
4595 "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\
4596the address of the trampoline. Its argument contains the address of the\n\
4597memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}. In case\n\
4598the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\
4599address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\
4600be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\
4601If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.",
38f8b050
JR
4602 rtx, (rtx addr), NULL)
4603
4604/* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function
4605 pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the
4606 caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns. */
4607/* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters. */
893d13d5 4608DEFHOOK
38f8b050 4609(return_pops_args,
673c2f63
JM
4610 "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\
4611a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\
4612and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\
4613\n\
4614@var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\
4615the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
4616@code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\
4617From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\
4618\n\
4619@var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\
4620describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
4621@code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\
4622From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\
4623arguments (if known).\n\
4624\n\
4625When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\
4626will contain an identifier node for the library function. Thus, if\n\
4627you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\
4628by their names. Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\
4629a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\
4630in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\
4631\n\
4632@var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\
4633stack. If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\
4634argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\
4635\n\
4636On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\
4637of this macro is @var{size}. On the 68000, using the standard\n\
4638calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\
4639the macro is always 0 in this case. But an alternative calling\n\
4640convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\
4641arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\
4642nothing (the caller pops all). When this convention is in use,\n\
4643@var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\
4644number of arguments.",
38f8b050
JR
4645 int, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, int size),
4646 default_return_pops_args)
4647
ffa88471
SE
4648/* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be
4649 returned. */
4650DEFHOOK
4651(get_raw_result_mode,
4652 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\
4653 registers in @code{__builtin_return}. Define this macro if the value\
4654 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
ef4bddc2 4655 machine_mode, (int regno),
ffa88471
SE
4656 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
4657
4658/* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be
4659 passed. */
4660DEFHOOK
4661(get_raw_arg_mode,
4662 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\
4663 registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}. Define this macro if the value\
4664 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
ef4bddc2 4665 machine_mode, (int regno),
ffa88471
SE
4666 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
4667
38f8b050
JR
4668HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls)
4669
bcb21886
KY
4670DEFHOOK
4671(use_pseudo_pic_reg,
4672 "This hook should return 1 in case pseudo register should be created\n\
4673for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.",
4674 bool, (void),
4675 hook_bool_void_false)
4676
4677DEFHOOK
4678(init_pic_reg,
4679 "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.\n\
4680This hook is called at the start of register allocation.",
4681 void, (void),
4682 hook_void_void)
4683
38f8b050
JR
4684/* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE
4685 to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise. */
4686DEFHOOK
4687(invalid_conversion,
673c2f63
JM
4688 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4689invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\
4690if validity should be determined by the front end.",
38f8b050
JR
4691 const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype),
4692 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null)
4693
4694/* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is
4695 not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise. */
4696DEFHOOK
4697(invalid_unary_op,
673c2f63
JM
4698 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4699invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\
4700@code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\
4701if validity should be determined by the front end.",
38f8b050
JR
4702 const char *, (int op, const_tree type),
4703 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null)
4704
4705/* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP
4706 is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise. */
4707DEFHOOK
4708(invalid_binary_op,
673c2f63
JM
4709 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4710invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\
4711and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
4712the front end.",
38f8b050
JR
4713 const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
4714 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null)
4715
4716/* Return the diagnostic message string if TYPE is not valid as a
4717 function parameter type, NULL otherwise. */
4718DEFHOOK
4719(invalid_parameter_type,
673c2f63
JM
4720 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4721invalid for functions to include parameters of type @var{type},\n\
4722or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
4723the front end. This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
38f8b050
JR
4724 const char *, (const_tree type),
4725 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
4726
4727/* Return the diagnostic message string if TYPE is not valid as a
4728 function return type, NULL otherwise. */
4729DEFHOOK
4730(invalid_return_type,
673c2f63
JM
4731 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4732invalid for functions to have return type @var{type},\n\
4733or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
4734the front end. This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
38f8b050
JR
4735 const char *, (const_tree type),
4736 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
4737
4738/* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in
4739 expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type,
4740 or NULL_TREE otherwise. */
4741DEFHOOK
4742(promoted_type,
673c2f63
JM
4743 "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\
4744@var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\
4745analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\
4746front end's normal promotion rules. This hook is useful when there are\n\
4747target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\
4748This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
38f8b050
JR
4749 tree, (const_tree type),
4750 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
4751
4752/* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion
4753 rules are involved. Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply
4754 the standard conversion rules. */
4755DEFHOOK
4756(convert_to_type,
673c2f63
JM
4757 "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\
4758@var{type}. It should return the converted expression,\n\
4759or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.\n\
4760This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\
4761conversion rules.\n\
4762This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
38f8b050
JR
4763 tree, (tree type, tree expr),
4764 hook_tree_tree_tree_null)
4765
5074a1f8
VM
4766/* Change pseudo allocno class calculated by IRA. */
4767DEFHOOK
4768(ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class,
4769 "A target hook which can change allocno class for given pseudo from\n\
4770 allocno class calculated by IRA.\n\
4771 \n\
4772 The default version of this target hook always returns given class.",
4773 reg_class_t, (int, reg_class_t),
4774 default_ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class)
4775
55a2c322
VM
4776/* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload. */
4777DEFHOOK
4778(lra_p,
4779 "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\
4780 It means that LRA was ported to the target.\
4781 \
4782 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
4783 bool, (void),
4784 default_lra_p)
4785
4786/* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target. */
4787DEFHOOK
4788(register_priority,
4789 "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\
4790 register @var{hard_regno} belongs to. The bigger the number, the\
4791 more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\
4792 the same). This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\
4793 others in LRA. For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\
4794 additional prefix which makes instructions longer. The hook can\
4795 return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\
4796 and as result making the generated code smaller.\
4797 \
4798 The default version of this target hook returns always zero.",
4799 int, (int),
4800 default_register_priority)
4801
3b9ceb4b
VM
4802/* Return true if we need register usage leveling. */
4803DEFHOOK
4804(register_usage_leveling_p,
4805 "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\
4806 That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\
4807 assignment, we choose the least used hard register. The register\
4808 usage leveling may be profitable for some targets. Don't use the\
4809 usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\
4810 with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\
4811 optimizations.\
4812 \
4813 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
4814 bool, (void),
4815 default_register_usage_leveling_p)
4816
55a2c322
VM
4817/* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different. */
4818DEFHOOK
4819(different_addr_displacement_p,
4820 "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\
4821 can have different maximal legitimate displacement. For example, the\
4822 displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\
4823 the insn.\
4824 \
4825 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
4826 bool, (void),
4827 default_different_addr_displacement_p)
4828
4829/* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers
4830 instead of memory. */
4831DEFHOOK
4832(spill_class,
4833 "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\
4834 pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\
4835 should be used. Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\
4836 @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.",
ef4bddc2 4837 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode),
55a2c322
VM
4838 NULL)
4839
42e37616
DM
4840DEFHOOK
4841(cstore_mode,
4842 "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\
4843 conditional store patterns. The ICODE argument is the instruction code\
4844 for the cstore being performed. Not definiting this hook is the same\
4845 as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\
4846 patterns.",
ef4bddc2 4847 machine_mode, (enum insn_code icode),
42e37616
DM
4848 default_cstore_mode)
4849
d9886a9e
L
4850/* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should
4851 be accessed using BLKmode. */
4852DEFHOOK
4853(member_type_forces_blk,
673c2f63
JM
4854 "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\
4855be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\
4856\n\
4857If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\
4858mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode. @var{mode} is provided in the\n\
4859case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to\n\
4860retain the field's mode.\n\
4861\n\
4862Normally, this is not needed.",
ef4bddc2 4863 bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode),
d9886a9e
L
4864 default_member_type_forces_blk)
4865
38f8b050
JR
4866/* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information. */
4867DEFHOOK
4868(secondary_reload,
673c2f63
JM
4869 "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\
4870from memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the\n\
4871@samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\
4872from general registers, but not memory. Below, we shall be using the\n\
4873term 'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\
4874directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\
4875register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\
4876destination. An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\
4877source and destination. Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\
4878reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\
4879and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\
4880intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\
4881\n\
4882Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\
4883allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\
4884register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\
4885address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\
4886when compiling PIC)@. Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\
4887as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\
4888that being copied. Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\
4889describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\
4890these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\
4891of the scratch register(s).\n\
4892\n\
4893In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\
4894\n\
4895For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\
4896and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\
4897@var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}. For output reloads, this target\n\
4898hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\
4899needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\
4900\n\
4901If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\
4902an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\
4903return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\
4904If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\
4905If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\
4906that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\
4907\n\
4908If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\
4909perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\
4910closest intermediate register. Or if no intermediate register is\n\
4911required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\
4912copy from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\
4913\n\
4914You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\
4915in the md file which performs the move. Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\
4916and input of this copy, respectively. Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\
4917for scratch operands. These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\
4918single-register-class\n\
4919@c [later: or memory]\n\
4920output constraint.\n\
4921\n\
4922When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\
4923hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\
4924register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\
4925have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\
4926\n\
4927@c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\
4928@c the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\
4929@c and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\
4930@c alternative. A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\
4931@c against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\
4932@c constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\
4933@c arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\
4934@c Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\
4935\n\
4936\n\
4937@var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\
4938pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\
4939Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\
4940in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\
4941\n\
4942Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\
4943currently not supported. For the time being, you will have to continue\n\
4944to use @code{SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\
4945\n\
4946@code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\
4947copied. If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\
4948(a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\
4949Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\
4950of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\
4951forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.",
a87cf97e 4952 reg_class_t,
ef4bddc2 4953 (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode,
38f8b050
JR
4954 secondary_reload_info *sri),
4955 default_secondary_reload)
4956
fba42e24
AS
4957/* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS,
4958 return the class of reg to actually use. */
4959DEFHOOK
4960(preferred_reload_class,
673c2f63
JM
4961 "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\
4962to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\
4963@var{rclass}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\
4964another, smaller class.\n\
4965\n\
4966The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\
4967\n\
4968Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\
4969example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\
4970for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\
4971@code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\
4972Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\
4973\n\
4974One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\
4975@var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\
4976loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\
4977force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load\n\
4978immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\
4979instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\
4980register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\
4981@var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant can't be loaded\n\
4982into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\
4983@code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\
4984of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\
4985\n\
4986If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\
4987through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\
4988to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\
4989reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\
4990this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\
4991the SSE registers (and vice versa).",
fba42e24
AS
4992 reg_class_t,
4993 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
4994 default_preferred_reload_class)
4995
abd26bfb
AS
4996/* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of
4997 input reloads. */
4998DEFHOOK
4999(preferred_output_reload_class,
673c2f63
JM
5000 "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\
5001input reloads.\n\
5002\n\
5003The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\
5004argument.\n\
5005\n\
5006You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\
5007reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.",
abd26bfb
AS
5008 reg_class_t,
5009 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5010 default_preferred_output_reload_class)
5011
07b8f0a8
AS
5012DEFHOOK
5013(class_likely_spilled_p,
673c2f63
JM
5014 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\
5015to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\
5016registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\
5017\n\
5018The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\
5019has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise. On most machines, this\n\
5020default should be used. For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\
5021i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\
5022can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\
5023\n\
5024This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\
5025transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\
5026pressure.",
07b8f0a8
AS
5027 bool, (reg_class_t rclass),
5028 default_class_likely_spilled_p)
5029
a8c44c52
AS
5030/* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers
5031 needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS. */
5032DEFHOOK
5033(class_max_nregs,
673c2f63
JM
5034 "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\
5035of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\
5036\n\
5037This is closely related to the macro @code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS}. In fact,\n\
5038the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\
5039@var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\
5040@code{HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\
5041values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\
5042\n\
5043This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\
5044in the reload pass.\n\
5045\n\
5046The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\
5047in words.",
ef4bddc2 5048 unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode),
a8c44c52
AS
5049 default_class_max_nregs)
5050
5f286f4a
YQ
5051DEFHOOK
5052(preferred_rename_class,
5053 "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\
5054 class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\
6d3fbe2f
JR
5055 @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\
5056 preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\
5f286f4a
YQ
5057 is not implemented.\
5058 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\
5059 example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\
5060 smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}. By returning\
5061 @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\
5062 be reduced.",
5063 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass),
5064 default_preferred_rename_class)
5065
d6220b11
KK
5066/* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution
5067 during register allocation. */
5068DEFHOOK
5069(cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p,
5070 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if @var{subst} can't\n\
5071substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during\n\
5072register allocation.\n\
5073The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5074On most machines, this default should be used. For generally\n\
5075machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing, such\n\
5076as SH, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.",
5077 bool, (rtx subst),
5078 hook_bool_rtx_false)
5079
14133a4d
KK
5080/* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus
5081 displacement addressing. */
5082DEFHOOK
5083(legitimize_address_displacement,
5084 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if *@var{disp} is\n\
5085legitimezed to valid address displacement with subtracting *@var{offset}\n\
5086at memory mode @var{mode}.\n\
5087The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5088This hook will benefit machines with limited base plus displacement\n\
5089addressing.",
5090 bool, (rtx *disp, rtx *offset, machine_mode mode),
5091 default_legitimize_address_displacement)
5092
38f8b050
JR
5093/* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5094 processing while initializing for variable expansion. */
5095DEFHOOK
5096(expand_to_rtl_hook,
673c2f63
JM
5097 "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\
5098to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\
5099For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\
5100for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\
5101registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\
5102usage.",
38f8b050
JR
5103 void, (void),
5104 hook_void_void)
5105
5106/* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5107 instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet,
5108 but will be later. */
5109DEFHOOK
5110(instantiate_decls,
673c2f63
JM
5111 "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\
5112that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.",
38f8b050
JR
5113 void, (void),
5114 hook_void_void)
5115
5116/* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register
5117 in peephole2. */
5118DEFHOOK
5119(hard_regno_scratch_ok,
673c2f63
JM
5120 "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\
5121@var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\
5122\n\
5123One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\
5124is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\
5125\n\
5126The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.",
38f8b050
JR
5127 bool, (unsigned int regno),
5128 default_hard_regno_scratch_ok)
5129
5130/* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to
5131 use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. */
5132DEFHOOK
5133(case_values_threshold,
673c2f63
JM
5134 "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\
5135is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\
5136The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\
5137five otherwise. This is best for most machines.",
38f8b050
JR
5138 unsigned int, (void),
5139 default_case_values_threshold)
5140
5141/* Retutn true if a function must have and use a frame pointer. */
5142DEFHOOK
5143(frame_pointer_required,
673c2f63
JM
5144 "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\
5145a frame pointer. This target hook is called in the reload pass. If its return\n\
5146value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\
5147\n\
5148This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\
5149according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\
5150constant @code{true} suffices. Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\
5151to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\
5152Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\
5153pointer.\n\
5154\n\
5155In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\
5156without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\
5157automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\
5158@code{TARGET_FRAME_POINTER_REQUIRED} returns. You don't need to worry about\n\
5159them.\n\
5160\n\
5161In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\
5162register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\
5163fixed register. See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\
5164\n\
5165Default return value is @code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
5166 bool, (void),
5167 hook_bool_void_false)
5168
5169/* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number
5170 from-reg with register number to-reg. */
5171DEFHOOK
5172(can_eliminate,
673c2f63
JM
5173 "This target hook should returns @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\
5174try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\
5175@var{to_reg}. This target hook need only be defined if @code{ELIMINABLE_REGS}\n\
5176is defined, and will usually be @code{true}, since most of the cases\n\
5177preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\
5178knows about.\n\
5179\n\
5180Default return value is @code{true}.",
38f8b050
JR
5181 bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg),
5182 hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true)
5183
5efd84c5
NF
5184/* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
5185 reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the
5186 target. */
5187DEFHOOK
5188(conditional_register_usage,
673c2f63
JM
5189 "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\
5190@code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\
5191@code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\
5192any dependence of these register sets on target flags. The first three\n\
5193of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as Boolean vectors).\n\
5194@code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\
5195@code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}. Before the macro is\n\
5196called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\
5197@code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\
5198from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\
5199@code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\
5200@code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\
5201@option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\
5202command options have been applied.\n\
5203\n\
5204@cindex disabling certain registers\n\
5205@cindex controlling register usage\n\
5206If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\
5207flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\
5208@code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\
b48e9677
RS
5209registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@. Also make\n\
5210@code{define_register_constraint}s return @code{NO_REGS} for constraints\n\
5211that shouldn't be used.\n\
673c2f63
JM
5212\n\
5213(However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\
5214of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\
5215controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\
5216these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)",
5efd84c5
NF
5217 void, (void),
5218 hook_void_void)
5219
38f8b050
JR
5220/* Functions specific to the C family of frontends. */
5221#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5222#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_"
5223HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c)
5224
5225/* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
5226DEFHOOK_UNDOC
5227(mode_for_suffix,
5228"Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\
5229 or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.",
ef4bddc2 5230 machine_mode, (char c),
38f8b050
JR
5231 default_mode_for_suffix)
5232
5233HOOK_VECTOR_END (c)
5234
5235/* Functions specific to the C++ frontend. */
5236#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5237#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_"
5238HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx)
5239
5240/* Return the integer type used for guard variables. */
5241DEFHOOK
5242(guard_type,
673c2f63
JM
5243 "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\
5244These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects. The\n\
5245default is long_long_integer_type_node.",
38f8b050
JR
5246 tree, (void),
5247 default_cxx_guard_type)
5248
5249/* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested. */
5250DEFHOOK
5251(guard_mask_bit,
673c2f63
JM
5252 "This hook determines how guard variables are used. It should return\n\
5253@code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used. A return value of\n\
5254@code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.",
38f8b050
JR
5255 bool, (void),
5256 hook_bool_void_false)
5257
5258/* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type. */
5259DEFHOOK
5260(get_cookie_size,
673c2f63
JM
5261 "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\
5262whose elements have the indicated @var{type}. Assumes that it is already\n\
5263known that a cookie is needed. The default is\n\
5264@code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\
5265IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.",
38f8b050
JR
5266 tree, (tree type),
5267 default_cxx_get_cookie_size)
5268
5269/* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie. */
5270DEFHOOK
5271(cookie_has_size,
673c2f63
JM
5272 "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\
5273array cookies. The default is to return @code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
5274 bool, (void),
5275 hook_bool_void_false)
5276
5277/* Allows backends to perform additional processing when
5278 deciding if a class should be exported or imported. */
5279DEFHOOK
5280(import_export_class,
673c2f63
JM
5281 "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\
5282class @var{type} to be overruled. Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\
5283will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\
5284to be imported and 0 otherwise. This function should return the\n\
5285modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\
5286backend's targeted operating system.",
38f8b050
JR
5287 int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL)
5288
5289/* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this". */
5290DEFHOOK
5291(cdtor_returns_this,
673c2f63
JM
5292 "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\
5293the address of the object created/destroyed. The default is to return\n\
5294@code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
5295 bool, (void),
5296 hook_bool_void_false)
5297
5298/* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline
5299 function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class
5300 itself. Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI. */
5301DEFHOOK
5302(key_method_may_be_inline,
673c2f63
JM
5303 "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\
5304which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\
5305table to be emitted) may be an inline function. Under the standard\n\
5306Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\
5307the function is not declared inline in the class definition. Under\n\
5308some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\
5309method. The default is to return @code{true}.",
38f8b050
JR
5310 bool, (void),
5311 hook_bool_void_true)
5312
5313DEFHOOK
5314(determine_class_data_visibility,
5315"@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\
5316 or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\
5317 external linkage in this translation unit. No ELF visibility has been\
5318 explicitly specified. If the target needs to specify a visibility\
5319 other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\
5320 @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.",
5321 void, (tree decl),
5322 hook_void_tree)
5323
5324/* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other
5325 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they
5326 have external linkage. If this hook returns false, then
5327 class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in
5328 only one translation unit will not be COMDAT. */
5329DEFHOOK
5330(class_data_always_comdat,
673c2f63
JM
5331 "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\
5332similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\
5333external linkage. If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\
5334classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\
5335unit will not be COMDAT.",
38f8b050
JR
5336 bool, (void),
5337 hook_bool_void_true)
5338
5339/* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types,
5340 which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT;
5341 false if it should not be COMDAT. */
5342DEFHOOK
5343(library_rtti_comdat,
673c2f63
JM
5344 "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\
5345the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\
5346be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.",
38f8b050
JR
5347 bool, (void),
5348 hook_bool_void_true)
5349
5350/* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
5351 destructors. */
5352DEFHOOK
5353(use_aeabi_atexit,
673c2f63
JM
5354 "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\
5355should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\
5356is in effect. The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.",
38f8b050
JR
5357 bool, (void),
5358 hook_bool_void_false)
5359
5360/* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as
5361 __cxa_atexit to register static destructors. */
5362DEFHOOK
5363(use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit,
673c2f63
JM
5364 "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\
5365in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\
5366destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\
5367shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\
5368unloaded. The default is to return false.",
38f8b050
JR
5369 bool, (void),
5370 hook_bool_void_false)
5371
5372DEFHOOK
5373(adjust_class_at_definition,
5374"@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\
5375 been defined. Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\
5376 visibility or perform any other required target modifications).",
5377 void, (tree type),
5378 hook_void_tree)
5379
5b880ea6
RO
5380DEFHOOK
5381(decl_mangling_context,
5382 "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.",
5383 tree, (const_tree decl),
5384 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5385
38f8b050
JR
5386HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx)
5387
5388/* Functions and data for emulated TLS support. */
5389#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5390#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_"
5391HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls)
5392
5393/* Name of the address and common functions. */
5394DEFHOOKPOD
5395(get_address,
673c2f63
JM
5396 "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\
5397object to locate a TLS instance. The default causes libgcc's\n\
5398emulated TLS helper function to be used.",
38f8b050
JR
5399 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address")
5400
5401DEFHOOKPOD
5402(register_common,
673c2f63
JM
5403 "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\
5404program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\
5405initialized to zero. If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\
5406have explicit initializers. The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS\n\
5407registration function to be used.",
38f8b050
JR
5408 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common")
5409
5410/* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
5411DEFHOOKPOD
5412(var_section,
673c2f63
JM
5413 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\
5414be placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\
5415any section.",
38f8b050
JR
5416 const char *, NULL)
5417
5418DEFHOOKPOD
5419(tmpl_section,
673c2f63
JM
5420 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\
5421placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\
5422section.",
38f8b050
JR
5423 const char *, NULL)
5424
5425/* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
5426DEFHOOKPOD
5427(var_prefix,
673c2f63
JM
5428 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\
5429The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
38f8b050
JR
5430 const char *, NULL)
5431
5432DEFHOOKPOD
5433(tmpl_prefix,
673c2f63
JM
5434 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects. The\n\
5435default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
38f8b050
JR
5436 const char *, NULL)
5437
5438/* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable. */
5439DEFHOOK
5440(var_fields,
673c2f63
JM
5441 "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\
5442object type. @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\
5443@var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\
5444@code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable. The default creates a type suitable\n\
5445for libgcc's emulated TLS function.",
38f8b050
JR
5446 tree, (tree type, tree *name),
5447 default_emutls_var_fields)
5448
5449/* Function to initialize a proxy variable. */
5450DEFHOOK
5451(var_init,
673c2f63
JM
5452 "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\
5453TLS control object. @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\
5454is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\
5455initializer. The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.",
38f8b050
JR
5456 tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr),
5457 default_emutls_var_init)
5458
5459/* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the
5460 proxy variable. */
5461DEFHOOKPOD
5462(var_align_fixed,
673c2f63
JM
5463 "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\
5464fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\
5465single objects. The default is false.",
38f8b050
JR
5466 bool, false)
5467
5468/* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars. */
5469DEFHOOKPOD
5470(debug_form_tls_address,
673c2f63
JM
5471 "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\
5472may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.",
38f8b050
JR
5473 bool, false)
5474
5475HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls)
5476
5477#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5478#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_"
5479HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks)
5480
7aa7f2e3
SL
5481/* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings. If
5482 the option is validated, the hook should also fill in
5483 DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node. */
38f8b050
JR
5484DEFHOOK
5485(valid_attribute_p,
673c2f63
JM
5486 "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\
5487allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\
5488These function-specific options may differ\n\
5489from the options specified on the command line. The hook should return\n\
5490@code{true} if the options are valid.\n\
5491\n\
5492The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\
5493the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\
5494@code{struct cl_target_option} structure.",
38f8b050
JR
5495 bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags),
5496 default_target_option_valid_attribute_p)
5497
5498/* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure. */
5499DEFHOOK
5500(save,
673c2f63
JM
5501 "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\
5502in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\
bf7b5747 5503options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\
673c2f63 5504@xref{Option file format}.",
bf7b5747 5505 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts), NULL)
38f8b050
JR
5506
5507/* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options
5508 structure. */
5509DEFHOOK
5510(restore,
673c2f63
JM
5511 "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\
5512information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
bf7b5747
ST
5513function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.",
5514 void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
38f8b050 5515
59913123
JJ
5516/* Function to update target-specific option information after being
5517 streamed in. */
5518DEFHOOK
5519(post_stream_in,
5520 "This hook is called to update target-specific information in the\n\
5521@code{struct cl_target_option} structure after it is streamed in from\n\
5522LTO bytecode.",
5523 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
5524
38f8b050
JR
5525/* Function to print any extra target state from the target options
5526 structure. */
5527DEFHOOK
5528(print,
673c2f63
JM
5529 "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\
5530information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
5531function-specific options.",
38f8b050
JR
5532 void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
5533
7aa7f2e3 5534/* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to
38f8b050
JR
5535 change the state if the options are valid. If the first argument is
5536 NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use. Return
5537 true if the options are valid, and set the current state. */
56cb42ea 5538DEFHOOK
38f8b050 5539(pragma_parse,
673c2f63
JM
5540 "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\
5541sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\
5542input stream. The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\
5543@code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.",
38f8b050
JR
5544 bool, (tree args, tree pop_target),
5545 default_target_option_pragma_parse)
5546
5547/* Do option overrides for the target. */
5548DEFHOOK
5549(override,
673c2f63
JM
5550 "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\
5551a particular target machine. You can override the hook\n\
5552@code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this. This hooks is called\n\
5553once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\
5554\n\
5555Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\
5556@option{-O}. That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\
5557\n\
5558If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\
5559changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\
5560@code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}",
38f8b050 5561 void, (void),
c5387660 5562 hook_void_void)
38f8b050 5563
3649b9b7
ST
5564/* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same
5565 function. DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they
5566 have the same function signature and different target specific attributes,
5567 that is, they are compiled for different target machines. */
5568DEFHOOK
5569(function_versions,
673c2f63
JM
5570 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\
5571versions of the same function. @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\
5572versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\
5573different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\
5574different target machines.",
3649b9b7
ST
5575 bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2),
5576 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
5577
38f8b050
JR
5578/* Function to determine if one function can inline another function. */
5579#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5580#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
5581DEFHOOK
5582(can_inline_p,
673c2f63
JM
5583 "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\
5584cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information. By\n\
5585default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\
5586specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.",
38f8b050
JR
5587 bool, (tree caller, tree callee),
5588 default_target_can_inline_p)
5589
5590HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option)
5591
5592/* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to
5593 the function, they should define this target hook and set their
5594 bits in the bitmap passed in. */
5595DEFHOOK
5596(extra_live_on_entry,
673c2f63
JM
5597 "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\
5598function. This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\
5599cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\
5600registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\
5601TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\
5602FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.",
38f8b050
JR
5603 void, (bitmap regs),
5604 hook_void_bitmap)
5605
aaeaa9a9 5606/* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are
73b3e61b
TV
5607 present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local
5608 definition. */
aaeaa9a9
RO
5609DEFHOOKPOD
5610(call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers,
73b3e61b
TV
5611 "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly\n\
5612clobbers or sets all non-fixed registers modified by performing the call.\n\
5613That is, by the call pattern itself, or by code that might be inserted by the\n\
5614linker (e.g. stubs, veneers, branch islands), but not including those\n\
5615modifiable by the callee. The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly\n\
5616in the call pattern, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.\n\
5617The default version of this hook is set to false. The purpose of this hook\n\
1e288103 5618is to enable the fipa-ra optimization.",
aaeaa9a9
RO
5619 bool,
5620 false)
5621
ee3d2ecd
JJ
5622/* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset. */
5623DEFHOOK
5624(set_up_by_prologue,
5625 "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\
5626 to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.",
5627 void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *),
5628 NULL)
5629
d45eae79
SL
5630/* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a
5631 function's return statements need checking. For instance a 'naked'
5632 function attribute. */
5633DEFHOOK
5634(warn_func_return,
5635 "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching the function's return type. This includes checking for falling off the end of a non-void function. Return false if no such check should be made.",
5636 bool, (tree),
5637 hook_bool_tree_true)
5638
f0a0390e
RH
5639/* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging. */
5640DEFHOOK
5641(debug_unwind_info,
673c2f63
JM
5642 "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\
5643unwind information to the debugger. Normally the hook will return\n\
5644@code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\
5645return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\
5646\n\
5647A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\
5648is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\
5649\n\
5650A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\
5651This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.",
f0a0390e
RH
5652 enum unwind_info_type, (void),
5653 default_debug_unwind_info)
5654
c354951b
AK
5655/* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not
5656 defined at this time. */
5657DEFHOOK
5658(canonicalize_comparison,
673c2f63
JM
5659 "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\
5660convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha\n\
5661does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\
5662comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\
5663\n\
5664On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\
5665@var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\
5666are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively. If\n\
5667@var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\
5668allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\
5669in RTXs which aren't comparisons. E.g. the implementation is not\n\
5670allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\
5671\n\
5672GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\
5673valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\
5674@file{md} file.\n\
5675\n\
5676You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\
5677comparison code or operands.",
c354951b
AK
5678 void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value),
5679 default_canonicalize_comparison)
5680
57c5ab1b
RH
5681DEFHOOKPOD
5682(atomic_test_and_set_trueval,
5683 "This value should be set if the result written by\
5684 @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e. the\
5685 @code{bool} @code{true}.",
5686 unsigned char, 1)
267bac10 5687
fceec4d3
AM
5688/* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic
5689 type which maps to machine MODE. This allows alignment to be overridden
5690 as needed. */
5691DEFHOOK
5692(atomic_align_for_mode,
5693"If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\
5694 atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}. If 0 is returned then the\
5695 default alignment for the specified mode is used. ",
ef4bddc2 5696 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
fceec4d3
AM
5697 hook_uint_mode_0)
5698
267bac10
JM
5699DEFHOOK
5700(atomic_assign_expand_fenv,
5701"ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\
5702 exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\
5703 whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence. \
5704 This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\
5705 @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\
5706 appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence. This hook should\
5707 set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\
5708 @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\
5709 the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\
5710 equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}. The three expressions are\
5711 @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\
5712 if no code is required in a particular place. The default implementation\
5713 leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}. The\
5714 @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\
5715 as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.",
5716 void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update),
5717 default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv)
5718
38f8b050
JR
5719/* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
5720
38f8b050
JR
5721/* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section
5722 and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space. */
5723DEFHOOKPOD
5724(have_switchable_bss_sections,
673c2f63
JM
5725 "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\
5726section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\
5727This is true on most ELF targets.",
38f8b050
JR
5728 bool, false)
5729
5730/* True if "native" constructors and destructors are supported,
5731 false if we're using collect2 for the job. */
5732DEFHOOKPOD
5733(have_ctors_dtors,
673c2f63
JM
5734 "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\
5735collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\
5736It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.",
38f8b050
JR
5737 bool, false)
5738
5739/* True if thread-local storage is supported. */
5740DEFHOOKPOD
5741(have_tls,
673c2f63
JM
5742 "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\
5743The default value is false.",
38f8b050
JR
5744 bool, false)
5745
5746/* True if a small readonly data section is supported. */
5747DEFHOOKPOD
5748(have_srodata_section,
673c2f63
JM
5749 "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\
5750``small data'' into a separate section. The default value is false.",
38f8b050
JR
5751 bool, false)
5752
5753/* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated. */
5754DEFHOOKPOD
5755(terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info,
673c2f63
JM
5756 "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\
5757end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\
5758Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\
5759true otherwise.",
38f8b050
JR
5760 bool, true)
5761
5762/* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output. */
5763DEFHOOKPOD
5764(asm_file_start_app_off,
673c2f63
JM
5765 "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\
5766printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\
5767@option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect. (If that macro has been defined\n\
5768to the empty string, this variable has no effect.) With the normal\n\
5769definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\
5770assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\
5771whitespace from its input. This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\
5772\n\
5773The default is false. You should not set it to true unless you have\n\
5774verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\
5775comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.",
38f8b050
JR
5776 bool, false)
5777
5778/* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename
5779 at the beginning of assembly output. */
5780DEFHOOKPOD
5781(asm_file_start_file_directive,
673c2f63
JM
5782 "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\
5783for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\
5784@code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled). Most ELF assemblers expect\n\
5785this to be done. The default is false.",
38f8b050 5786 bool, false)
38f8b050
JR
5787
5788/* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the
5789 ARM EABI. The effects the encoding of function exception specifications. */
5790DEFHOOKPOD
5791(arm_eabi_unwinder,
673c2f63
JM
5792 "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\
5793based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets. This effects\n\
5794the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\
5795running a cleanup. The default is @code{false}.",
38f8b050
JR
5796 bool, false)
5797
9730bc27
TT
5798DEFHOOKPOD
5799(want_debug_pub_sections,
5800 "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\
5801 should be emitted. These sections are not used on most platforms, and\
5802 in particular GDB does not use them.",
5803 bool, false)
5804
638c962f
JH
5805DEFHOOKPOD
5806(force_at_comp_dir,
5807 "True if the @code{DW_AT_comp_dir} attribute should be emitted for each \
5808 compilation unit. This attribute is required for the darwin linker \
5809 to emit debug information.",
5810 bool, false)
5811
2ba42841 5812DEFHOOKPOD
a50fa76a 5813(delay_sched2, "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
2ba42841
AO
5814This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
5815bool, false)
5816
5817DEFHOOKPOD
a50fa76a 5818(delay_vartrack, "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
2ba42841
AO
5819This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
5820bool, false)
5821
a50fa76a
BS
5822DEFHOOKPOD
5823(no_register_allocation, "True if register allocation and the passes\n\
5824following it should not be run. Usually true only for virtual assembler\n\
5825targets.",
5826bool, false)
5827
38f8b050
JR
5828/* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
5829
06b90602
CB
5830/* Functions related to mode switching. */
5831#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5832#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_"
5833HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching)
5834
5835DEFHOOK
5836(emit,
cbb1e3d9
CB
5837 "Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}. @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where the insn(s) are to be inserted. @var{prev_moxde} indicates the mode to switch from. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.",
5838 void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
06b90602
CB
5839
5840DEFHOOK
5841(needed,
cbb1e3d9 5842 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this macro to return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element in @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, to denote the mode that @var{entity} must be switched into prior to the execution of @var{insn}.",
ac44248e 5843 int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
06b90602
CB
5844
5845DEFHOOK
5846(after,
5847 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during mode switching. It determines the mode that an insn results in (if different from the incoming mode).",
ac44248e 5848 int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
06b90602
CB
5849
5850DEFHOOK
5851(entry,
5852 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function entry. If @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} must be defined.",
5853 int, (int entity), NULL)
5854
5855DEFHOOK
5856(exit,
5857 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function exit. If @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} must be defined.",
5858 int, (int entity), NULL)
5859
5860DEFHOOK
5861(priority,
5862 "This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity} are processed. 0 is the highest priority, @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the lowest. The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode for @var{entity}. For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority} (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{} @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}.",
5863 int, (int entity, int n), NULL)
5864
5865HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching)
5866
4bccb39e
RS
5867#undef HOOK_PREFIX
5868#define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
5869
5870#define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
5871 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (have_##NAME, "", bool, (void), false)
5872#include "target-insns.def"
5873#undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
5874
5875#define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
5876 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (gen_##NAME, "", rtx_insn *, PROTO, NULL)
5877#include "target-insns.def"
5878#undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
5879
38f8b050
JR
5880/* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition. */
5881HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK)
06b90602 5882